1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
13 @c @ovar(ARG, DEFAULT)
14 @c -------------------
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
189 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
190 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
191 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
192 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
193 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
194 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
195 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
197 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and
198 modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. Copies
199 published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
200 @acronym{GNU} development.''
206 @dircategory Software development
208 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
211 @dircategory Individual utilities
213 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
214 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
215 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
216 * autoconf: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
217 How to create configuration scripts
218 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
219 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
220 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
221 How to create configuration templates
222 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
223 The Autoconf executables backbone
224 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
225 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
226 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
227 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
228 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
233 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
234 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
235 @author David MacKenzie
237 @author Akim Demaille
239 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
252 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
255 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
256 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
257 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
258 * Setup:: Initialization and output
259 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
260 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
261 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
262 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
263 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
264 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
265 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
266 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
267 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
268 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
269 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
270 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
271 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
272 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
273 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
274 * History:: History of Autoconf
275 * Copying This Manual:: How to make copies of this manual
276 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
279 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
281 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
283 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
284 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
285 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
286 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
288 Making @command{configure} Scripts
290 * Writing configure.ac:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
291 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
292 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
293 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
294 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
296 Writing @file{configure.ac}
298 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
299 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
300 * configure.ac Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
302 Initialization and Output Files
304 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
305 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
306 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
307 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
308 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
309 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
310 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
311 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
312 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
313 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
314 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
315 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
317 Substitutions in Makefiles
319 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
320 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
321 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
322 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
323 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
325 Configuration Header Files
327 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
328 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
329 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
333 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
334 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
335 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
336 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
337 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
338 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
339 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
340 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
341 * Types:: Types that might be missing
342 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
343 * System Services:: Operating system services
344 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
345 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
349 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
350 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
354 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
355 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
359 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
360 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
361 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
365 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
366 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
367 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
371 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
372 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
376 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
377 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
381 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
382 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
384 Compilers and Preprocessors
386 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
387 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
388 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
389 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
390 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
391 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
392 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
396 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
397 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
398 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
399 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
400 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
401 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
402 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
403 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
405 Writing Test Programs
407 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
408 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
409 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
413 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
414 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
415 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
416 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
417 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
421 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
422 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
423 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
427 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
428 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
429 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
430 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
431 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
435 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
436 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
437 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
438 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
439 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
440 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
442 Using @command{autom4te}
444 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
445 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
447 Programming in M4sugar
449 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
450 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
451 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
452 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
453 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
455 Writing Autoconf Macros
457 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
458 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
459 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
460 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
461 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
462 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
464 Dependencies Between Macros
466 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
467 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
468 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
470 Portable Shell Programming
472 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
473 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
474 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
475 * File System Conventions:: File names
476 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
477 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
478 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
479 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
480 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
481 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
482 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
484 Portable Make Programming
486 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
487 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
488 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
489 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
490 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
491 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
492 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
493 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
494 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
495 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
496 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
497 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
498 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
499 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
500 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
502 @code{VPATH} and Make
504 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
505 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
506 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
507 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
508 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
510 Portable C and C++ Programming
512 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
513 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
514 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
515 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
516 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
517 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
521 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
522 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
523 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
527 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
528 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
529 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
530 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
531 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
532 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
533 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
535 Transforming Program Names When Installing
537 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
538 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
539 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
541 Running @command{configure} Scripts
543 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
544 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
545 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
546 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
547 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
548 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
549 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
550 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
551 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
555 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Different calling convention
556 * acconfig.h:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
557 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
558 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
559 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
560 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
562 Upgrading From Version 1
564 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
565 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
566 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
567 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
568 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
570 Upgrading From Version 2.13
572 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
573 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
574 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
575 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
576 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
578 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
580 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
581 * Writing testsuite.at:: Autotest macros
582 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
583 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
585 Using an Autotest Test Suite
587 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
588 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
590 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
592 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
593 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
594 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
595 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
596 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
597 * autom4te.cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
598 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
602 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
603 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
604 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
605 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
606 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
610 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
614 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
615 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
616 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
617 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
618 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
619 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
620 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
621 * Concept Index:: General index
626 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
629 @chapter Introduction
633 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
634 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
635 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
636 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
637 consequences@dots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
638 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
639 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
640 separation of solids from liquids@dots{}'' The computer scientist
641 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
645 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
647 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
648 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
649 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
650 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
651 need to have Autoconf.
653 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
654 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
655 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
656 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
657 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
658 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
659 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
660 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
661 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
662 release of each variant of Posix.
664 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
665 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
666 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
667 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
668 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
669 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
670 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
671 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
674 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
675 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
676 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
677 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
678 taken in writing them.
680 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
681 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
682 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
683 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
684 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
685 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
686 for more information.
688 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
689 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
691 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 in order to generate the scripts. It uses
692 features that some versions of M4, including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3,
693 do not have. You should use version 1.4.4 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
695 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
696 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
697 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
699 See the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/,
700 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
701 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
703 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
704 list}. Past suggestions are
705 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/autoconf/, archived}.
707 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
708 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
709 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
711 If possible, first check that your bug is
712 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
713 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
714 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
716 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via anonymous @acronym{CVS}; see the
717 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/autoconf/, Autoconf
718 Summary} for details. Patches relative to the
719 current @acronym{CVS} version can be sent for review to the
720 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}.
722 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-patches/, archived}.
724 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
725 includes only a set of often-used
726 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
727 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
728 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
729 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
733 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
735 @node The GNU Build System
736 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
737 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
739 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
740 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
741 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
742 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
743 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
744 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
745 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
746 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
747 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
750 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
751 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
752 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
753 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
759 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
760 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
761 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
762 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
763 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
764 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
765 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
766 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
767 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
768 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
769 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
770 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @code{Makefile.in} to
771 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
772 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
775 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @code{Makefile.am}
776 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
777 makefile, and then generates a portable @code{Makefile.in} for
778 use with Autoconf. For example, the @code{Makefile.am} to build and
779 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
783 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
787 The resulting @code{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
788 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
789 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
790 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
791 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
792 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
794 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
795 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
796 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
801 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
802 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
803 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
804 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
807 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
808 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
809 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
810 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
811 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
812 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
813 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
814 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
816 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
817 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
818 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
819 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
820 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
821 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
822 old-fashioned systems.
827 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
828 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
829 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
830 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
831 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
832 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
833 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
834 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
838 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
839 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
840 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
841 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
842 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
843 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
844 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
845 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
846 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
847 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
848 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
853 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
854 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
855 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
856 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
857 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
858 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
859 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
860 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
862 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
863 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
870 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
871 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
872 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
873 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
875 @item Automake Manual
877 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
878 information on Automake.
882 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
883 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
884 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
885 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
886 build environment. You can also find
887 @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
891 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
893 @node Making configure Scripts
894 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
895 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
896 @cindex @command{configure}
898 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
899 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
900 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
901 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
905 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
906 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
909 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
910 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
913 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
914 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
917 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
918 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
919 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
922 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
923 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
926 @cindex @file{configure.in}
927 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
928 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
929 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
930 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
931 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
932 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
933 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
934 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
935 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
937 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
938 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
939 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
940 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
941 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
944 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
946 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
950 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
952 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
956 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
960 Files used in configuring a software package:
963 .-------------> [config.cache]
964 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
966 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
967 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
968 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
973 * Writing configure.ac:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
974 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
975 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
976 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
977 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
980 @node Writing configure.ac
981 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
983 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
984 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
985 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
986 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
987 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
988 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
989 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
990 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
991 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell}. The
992 @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start in writing
993 @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more information).
995 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
996 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
997 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
998 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
999 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1003 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1004 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1005 * configure.ac Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1008 @node Shell Script Compiler
1009 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1011 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1012 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1013 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1015 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1016 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1017 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1018 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1019 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1020 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1022 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1023 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1024 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1025 Unfortunately, shell functions do not belong to the least common
1026 denominator; therefore, where you would like to define a function and
1027 use it ten times, you would instead need to copy its body ten times.
1029 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1030 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1031 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1033 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1035 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1036 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1037 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1038 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1039 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1040 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1043 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1044 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1045 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1046 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1047 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1048 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1049 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1050 as a set of M4 macros.
1053 @node Autoconf Language
1054 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1057 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1058 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1059 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1060 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1061 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1064 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1065 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1066 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1067 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1068 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1069 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1070 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1071 call, including macros called from other macros.
1076 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1077 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1078 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1079 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1083 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1086 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1087 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1088 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1089 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1093 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1094 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1095 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1096 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1097 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1098 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1099 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1100 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1101 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1102 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1105 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1106 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1107 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1108 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1112 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1113 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1114 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1115 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1116 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1118 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1121 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1122 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1123 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1124 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1127 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1128 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1132 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1139 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1143 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1144 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1145 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1146 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1149 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1152 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1153 has been continually misunderstood@dots{} The rule of thumb is that
1154 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1155 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1158 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1162 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1163 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1164 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1165 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1166 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1167 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1170 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1174 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1176 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1177 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1178 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1179 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1180 quoting them yields weird results.
1182 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1183 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1184 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1185 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1186 three lines below are equivalent:
1189 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1190 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1191 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1194 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1195 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1196 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1197 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1198 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1199 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1200 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1202 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1203 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1204 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1207 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1210 @node configure.ac Layout
1211 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1213 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1214 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1215 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1216 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1217 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1218 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1219 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1220 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1221 are called out of order.
1223 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1224 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1225 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1226 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1230 Autoconf requirements
1231 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1232 information on the package
1234 checks for libraries
1235 checks for header files
1237 checks for structures
1238 checks for compiler characteristics
1239 checks for library functions
1240 checks for system services
1241 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1247 @node autoscan Invocation
1248 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1249 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1251 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1252 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1253 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1254 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1255 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1256 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1257 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1260 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1261 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1262 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1263 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1264 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1265 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1266 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1267 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1268 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1269 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1270 information about a program that can help with that job).
1272 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1273 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1274 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1276 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1277 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1278 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1279 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1280 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1283 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1288 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1292 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1296 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1297 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1299 @item --include=@var{dir}
1301 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1303 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1305 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1308 @node ifnames Invocation
1309 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1310 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1312 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1313 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1314 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1315 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1316 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1317 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1320 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1321 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1322 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1323 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1324 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1325 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1328 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1333 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1337 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1340 @node autoconf Invocation
1341 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1342 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1344 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1345 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1346 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1347 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1348 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1349 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1350 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1351 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1352 to the standard output.
1354 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1355 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1356 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1357 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1358 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1359 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1360 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1361 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1362 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1364 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1369 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1373 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1377 Report processing steps.
1381 Don't remove the temporary files.
1385 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1387 @item --include=@var{dir}
1389 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1391 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1393 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1395 @item --output=@var{file}
1396 @itemx -o @var{file}
1397 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1398 for the standard output.
1400 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1401 @itemx -W @var{category}
1403 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1404 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1405 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1410 report all the warnings
1416 treats warnings as errors
1418 @item no-@var{category}
1419 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1422 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1423 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1424 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1425 you had passed @option{--warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1426 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1427 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1431 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1432 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1433 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1434 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1437 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1438 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1439 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1440 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1441 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1442 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1443 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1445 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1446 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1447 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1449 @item --initialization
1451 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1452 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1453 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1457 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1458 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1459 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1460 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1461 are substituted, use:
1465 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1466 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1467 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1468 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1469 @i{More traces deleted}
1474 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1475 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1479 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1480 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1482 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1489 %: This:is:an [example]
1494 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1498 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1499 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1500 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1501 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1502 @i{More traces deleted}
1507 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1508 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1509 character is suitable as a separator):
1513 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1514 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1515 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1516 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1517 @i{More traces deleted}
1521 @node autoreconf Invocation
1522 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1523 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1525 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1526 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1527 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1528 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1529 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1530 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1531 System in a fresh tree.
1533 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1534 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1535 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1536 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1537 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1538 those files that are older than their sources.
1540 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1541 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1542 @option{--force} option.
1544 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1545 remake @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1546 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1547 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1548 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1551 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1552 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1553 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1554 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1555 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1556 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1557 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1560 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1565 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1569 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1572 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1573 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1574 to subordinate tools that support it.
1578 Don't remove the temporary files.
1582 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1583 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1588 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1589 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1591 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1592 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1593 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1595 @item --no-recursive
1596 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1597 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1601 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1602 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1606 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1607 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1610 @item --include=@var{dir}
1612 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1613 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1615 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1617 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1618 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1620 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1621 @itemx -W @var{category}
1623 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1624 comma separated list).
1628 related to cross compilation issues.
1631 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1637 dubious syntactic constructs.
1640 report all the warnings
1646 treats warnings as errors
1648 @item no-@var{category}
1649 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1652 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1653 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1654 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1655 you had passed @option{--warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1656 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1657 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1661 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1662 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1664 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1667 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1669 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1670 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1671 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1672 initialization and the creation of output files.
1675 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1676 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1677 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1678 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1679 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1680 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1681 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1682 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1683 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1684 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1685 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1686 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1689 @node Initializing configure
1690 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1692 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1693 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1696 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @ovar{tarname})
1698 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1701 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1702 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1703 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1704 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1705 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1706 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1707 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1708 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1709 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}.
1711 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1712 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1715 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1716 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1717 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}) are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1720 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1721 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1722 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1723 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1724 Exactly @var{package}.
1726 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1727 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1728 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1729 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1730 Exactly @var{tarname}.
1732 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1733 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1734 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1735 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1736 Exactly @var{version}.
1738 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1739 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1740 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1741 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1742 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1744 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1745 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1746 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1747 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1748 Exactly @var{bug-report}.
1752 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1753 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1754 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1755 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1756 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1757 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1758 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1762 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1763 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1765 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1766 scripts. Using them is optional.
1768 @c FIXME: AC_PREREQ should not be here
1769 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1772 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1773 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1774 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1775 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1778 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1781 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1782 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1785 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1787 @cindex Copyright Notice
1788 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1789 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1790 @var{copyright-notice}.
1792 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1793 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1797 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1800 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1801 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1802 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1803 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1804 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1805 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1807 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1809 @c The asis prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1811 AC_REVISION([$@asis{Revision: 1.30 }$])
1815 produces this in @command{configure}:
1819 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1825 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1828 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1829 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1830 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1831 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1832 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1833 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1834 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1835 Invocation}, for more information.
1839 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1841 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1842 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1843 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1844 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1846 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1847 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1848 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1849 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1850 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1851 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1853 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1854 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1855 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1856 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1857 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1858 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1859 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1860 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1863 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1864 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1865 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1866 it looks are correct for most cases.
1868 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1869 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1870 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1871 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1872 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1873 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1874 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1875 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1876 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1877 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1878 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1879 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1880 name is obsolete because some @code{make} have a rule that creates
1881 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1883 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1884 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1885 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1888 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1889 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1890 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1891 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1892 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1893 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1894 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1895 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
1898 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
1899 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
1901 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
1902 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
1903 Future versions of @command{autopoint}, @command{libtoolize},
1904 @command{aclocal} and @command{autoreconf} will use directory
1905 @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros. Be
1906 sure to call this macro directly from @file{configure.ac} so that
1907 tools that install macros for @command{aclocal} can find the
1908 declaration before @option{--trace} can be called safely.
1913 @section Outputting Files
1914 @cindex Outputting files
1916 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
1917 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
1918 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
1919 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
1920 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
1924 @cindex Instantiation
1925 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
1926 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
1928 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
1929 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
1930 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
1931 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
1932 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
1933 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
1934 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
1937 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
1938 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
1939 executed by @code{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
1940 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
1941 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
1942 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
1946 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
1947 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
1948 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
1951 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
1952 @code{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
1953 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
1954 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
1955 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
1956 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
1957 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
1959 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
1960 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
1962 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
1963 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
1964 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
1965 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
1969 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
1970 that runs @code{MAKE} on other directories:
1978 @node Configuration Actions
1979 @section Performing Configuration Actions
1980 @cindex Configuration actions
1982 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
1983 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
1984 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
1985 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
1986 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
1987 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
1989 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
1990 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
1991 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
1992 have this prototype:
1994 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
1997 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2001 where the arguments are:
2005 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2006 the files to instantiate.
2008 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2012 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2013 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2014 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2018 and use this instead:
2021 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2022 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2025 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2026 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2027 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2028 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2030 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2031 for example, asks for
2032 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2033 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2034 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2036 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2037 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2038 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2039 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2040 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2043 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2044 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2048 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2049 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2050 which the commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2051 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2052 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2054 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2055 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2056 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2060 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2061 directory is the top build directory. This
2062 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2065 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2066 directory is the current build directory.
2069 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2070 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2071 directory is the current build directory.
2072 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2076 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2077 working directory is the current build directory.
2081 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2082 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2086 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2090 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2093 # Argument of --srcdir
2095 # Reversing deep/dir
2096 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2097 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2098 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2099 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2100 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2104 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2107 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2108 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2109 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2110 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2111 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2112 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2114 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2115 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2116 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2119 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2120 @var{tag} values, of course!
2123 @node Configuration Files
2124 @section Creating Configuration Files
2125 @cindex Creating configuration files
2126 @cindex Configuration file creation
2128 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2130 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2131 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2132 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2133 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2135 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2136 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2137 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2139 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2140 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2141 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2142 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2143 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2144 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2146 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2149 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2150 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2153 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2154 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2157 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2158 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2162 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2163 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2164 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2169 @node Makefile Substitutions
2170 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2171 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2172 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2174 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2175 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2176 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2177 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2178 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2179 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2180 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2181 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2182 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2183 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2184 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2185 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2186 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2187 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2189 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2190 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2191 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2192 before compiling it.
2194 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2195 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2199 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2200 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2201 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2202 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2203 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2206 @node Preset Output Variables
2207 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2208 @cindex Output variables
2210 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2211 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2212 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2213 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2214 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2215 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2216 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2219 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2220 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2227 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2228 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2229 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2230 uses this variable when compiling programs to test for C features.
2233 @defvar configure_input
2234 @ovindex configure_input
2235 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2236 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2237 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2238 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2239 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2240 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2244 # @@configure_input@@
2248 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2249 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2254 Header file search directory (@option{-I@var{dir}}) and any other
2255 miscellaneous options for the C and C++ preprocessors and compilers. If
2256 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2257 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or
2258 preprocessing programs to test for C and C++ features.
2259 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2265 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. If it is not
2266 set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is
2267 set when you call @code{AC_PROG_CXX} (or empty if you don't).
2268 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling programs to test for
2274 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2275 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2276 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2277 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2278 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2279 how to check the results of previous tests.
2288 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2289 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2292 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2294 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2298 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2299 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2305 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2306 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2307 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling programs to test for
2313 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2314 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2315 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2316 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling programs to test for
2322 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2323 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2324 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2325 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling programs to test for
2326 Fortran 77 features.
2331 Stripping (@option{-s}), path (@option{-L}), and any other miscellaneous
2332 options for the linker. Don't use this variable to pass library names
2333 (@option{-l}) to the linker, use @code{LIBS} instead. If it is not set
2334 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2335 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2336 C, C++, and Fortran features.
2341 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2342 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2343 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2344 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2345 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2350 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. If it is
2351 not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value
2352 is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_OBJC} (or empty if you don't).
2353 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling programs to test for
2354 Objective C features.
2359 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2362 @defvar abs_builddir
2363 @ovindex abs_builddir
2364 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2367 @defvar top_builddir
2368 @ovindex top_builddir
2369 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2370 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2373 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2374 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2375 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2380 The relative name of the directory that contains the source code for
2386 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2391 The relative name of the top-level source code directory for the
2392 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2395 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2396 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2397 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2400 @node Installation Directory Variables
2401 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2402 @cindex Installation directories
2403 @cindex Directories, installation
2405 The following variables specify the directories for
2406 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2407 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2408 Standards}, for more information. See the end of this section for
2409 details on when and how to use these variables.
2413 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2418 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2419 architecture-independent data.
2423 @ovindex datarootdir
2424 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2430 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2436 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2440 @ovindex exec_prefix
2441 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2442 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2443 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2444 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2445 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2450 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2455 The directory for installing C header files.
2460 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2465 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2470 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2475 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2476 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2477 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2480 @defvar localstatedir
2481 @ovindex localstatedir
2482 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2487 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2490 @defvar oldincludedir
2491 @ovindex oldincludedir
2492 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2497 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2502 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2503 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2504 architecture-independent files.
2509 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2514 The directory for installing executables that system
2518 @defvar sharedstatedir
2519 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2520 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2525 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2529 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2530 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2531 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2532 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2533 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2535 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2540 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2541 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2542 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2545 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2546 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2547 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2548 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2549 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2550 the final locations to there.
2553 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2554 @code{datarootdir} remains being defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share} to
2555 depend upon the current value of @code{prefix}.
2557 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2558 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2559 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2560 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2562 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2563 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2565 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2566 @code{datadir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2567 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2568 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2569 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2570 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2575 -e 's|@@datadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2576 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2580 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2582 $(edit) '$(srcdir)/$@@.in' >$@@.tmp
2589 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2590 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2594 Some details are noteworthy:
2597 @item @samp{@@datadir[@@]}
2598 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2599 @samp{@@datadir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2600 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2601 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2603 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2604 Don't use @samp{@@pkgdatadir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2608 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2610 variables you use, such as @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2611 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2613 @item special characters
2614 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2615 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2616 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2618 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2619 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2620 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2621 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2624 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2625 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2627 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2628 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2632 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2642 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2644 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2645 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2646 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2649 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2652 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2653 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2654 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2655 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2656 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2657 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2660 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2661 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2662 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2663 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2664 This variable is set by calling the
2665 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR(@var{library}, @var{version}}
2666 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2669 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2672 @node Changed Directory Variables
2673 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2674 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2676 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2677 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2678 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2679 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2680 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2681 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2682 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2683 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2684 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2687 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2691 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2692 it will add this for you.
2694 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2695 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2696 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2697 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2700 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2702 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2704 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2706 datadir = @@datadir@@
2709 configure: creating ./config.status
2710 config.status: creating Makefile
2711 config.status: WARNING:
2712 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2713 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2715 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2718 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2722 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2724 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2725 datadir = @@datadir@@
2727 configure: creating ./config.status
2728 config.status: creating Makefile
2729 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2731 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2732 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2735 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2736 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2737 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2738 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2739 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2740 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2743 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2747 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2748 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2749 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2753 @node Build Directories
2754 @subsection Build Directories
2755 @cindex Build directories
2756 @cindex Directories, build
2758 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2759 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2760 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2762 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2763 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2764 and most other recent @command{make} programs can do this. Older
2765 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2766 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2768 To support @code{VPATH}, each @file{Makefile.in} should contain two
2769 lines that look like:
2776 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2777 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2778 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2780 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2781 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2783 Do not use the @code{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2784 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2785 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2786 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2787 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2788 expand it to an empty value.
2790 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2791 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2794 time.info: time.texinfo
2795 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2798 @node Automatic Remaking
2799 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2800 @cindex Automatic remaking
2801 @cindex Remaking automatically
2803 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2804 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2805 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2806 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2807 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2808 any of these files that your package does not use.
2810 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2811 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2813 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2814 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2815 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2816 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} your
2817 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2818 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2819 (@pxref{Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use @command{echo} (using
2820 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
2825 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2826 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
2828 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
2829 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
2830 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2831 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
2832 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
2835 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
2838 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
2841 config.status: configure
2842 ./config.status --recheck
2847 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
2848 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
2850 In addition, you should use
2853 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
2857 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
2858 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
2860 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
2861 configuration-related dependencies.
2863 @node Configuration Headers
2864 @section Configuration Header Files
2865 @cindex Configuration Header
2866 @cindex @file{config.h}
2868 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
2869 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
2870 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
2871 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
2872 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
2873 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
2874 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
2875 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2876 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
2877 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
2878 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
2880 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
2881 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
2882 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
2884 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
2885 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
2886 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
2887 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
2888 the build directory.
2890 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
2891 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
2892 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
2893 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
2896 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2897 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
2898 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
2899 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2900 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
2901 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
2902 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
2903 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
2904 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
2906 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
2907 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
2908 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
2909 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
2911 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
2912 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
2913 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2916 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
2917 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([defines.h:defs.pre:defines.h.in:defs.post])
2921 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2922 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2923 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2928 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
2929 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
2930 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
2931 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
2934 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
2935 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
2940 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
2943 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
2944 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
2945 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
2948 @node Header Templates
2949 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
2950 @cindex Configuration Header Template
2951 @cindex Header templates
2952 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
2954 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
2955 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
2956 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
2957 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
2960 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
2961 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
2965 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}. On
2966 systems that have @file{unistd.h}, @command{configure} defines
2967 @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H} to 1. On other systems, the whole line is
2968 commented out (in case the system predefines that symbol).
2972 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
2973 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
2977 Pay attention that @samp{#undef} is in the first column, and there is
2978 nothing after @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}, not even white space. You can
2979 then decode the configuration header using the preprocessor directives:
2986 # include <unistd.h>
2988 /* We are in trouble. */
2993 The use of old form templates, with @samp{#define} instead of
2994 @samp{#undef} is strongly discouraged. Similarly with old templates
2995 with comments on the same line as the @samp{#undef}. Anyway, putting
2996 comments in preprocessor macros has never been a good idea.
2998 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
2999 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3002 @node autoheader Invocation
3003 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3004 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3006 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3007 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use. If
3008 @file{configure.ac} invokes @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(@var{file})},
3009 @command{autoheader} creates @file{@var{file}.in}; if multiple file
3010 arguments are given, the first one is used. Otherwise,
3011 @command{autoheader} creates @file{config.h.in}.
3013 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3014 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3015 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3016 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3017 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3018 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3019 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3020 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3021 you need to document only those that you
3024 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3025 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3026 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3027 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3028 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3029 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3030 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3032 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3033 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3034 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3035 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3036 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3039 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3041 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3042 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3043 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3044 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3045 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3047 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3052 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3056 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3060 Report processing steps.
3064 Don't remove the temporary files.
3068 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3070 @item --include=@var{dir}
3072 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3074 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3076 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3078 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3079 @itemx -W @var{category}
3081 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3082 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3086 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3089 report all the warnings
3095 treats warnings as errors
3097 @item no-@var{category}
3098 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3105 @node Autoheader Macros
3106 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3107 @cindex Autoheader macros
3109 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3110 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3111 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3112 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3113 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3114 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3116 The simplest way to create a template for a @var{symbol} is to supply
3117 the @var{description} argument to an @samp{AC_DEFINE(@var{symbol})}; see
3118 @ref{Defining Symbols}. You may also use one of the following macros.
3120 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3122 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3123 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3124 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3125 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3130 AH_VERBATIM([_GNU_SOURCE],
3131 [/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
3133 # define _GNU_SOURCE
3139 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3141 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3142 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3143 @var{description} is given.
3148 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3149 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3150 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3151 function is required for alloca.c support
3156 generates the following template, with the description properly
3160 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3161 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3162 support on those systems. */
3163 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3168 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3170 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3174 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3176 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3180 @node Configuration Commands
3181 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3182 @cindex Configuration commands
3183 @cindex Commands for configuration
3185 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3186 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3187 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3188 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3189 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3191 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3192 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3193 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3194 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3195 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3196 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3197 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3198 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3199 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3201 Here is an unrealistic example:
3204 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3205 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3209 Here is a better one:
3211 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3215 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3216 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3217 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3219 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3220 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3222 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3223 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3224 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3226 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3227 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3230 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3231 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3232 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3238 @node Configuration Links
3239 @section Creating Configuration Links
3240 @cindex Configuration links
3241 @cindex Links for configuration
3243 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3244 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3245 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3246 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3248 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3249 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3251 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3252 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3253 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3254 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3255 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3256 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3258 For example, this call:
3261 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3262 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3266 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3267 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3268 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3270 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3271 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3275 ./config.status host.h object.h
3278 to create the links.
3283 @node Subdirectories
3284 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3285 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3286 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3288 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3289 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3290 that control more than one independent package can use
3291 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3292 packages in subdirectories.
3294 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3295 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3297 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3298 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3299 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3302 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3303 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3305 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3309 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3310 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3314 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3315 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3319 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3320 subdirectory is optional, write:
3323 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3324 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3328 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3329 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3330 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3331 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3332 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3333 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3334 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3335 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3337 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3338 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3339 changes if needed, which include:
3343 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3346 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3349 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3350 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3351 @file{configure} differ.
3354 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3355 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3356 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3358 This macro may be called multiple times.
3361 @node Default Prefix
3362 @section Default Prefix
3363 @cindex Install prefix
3364 @cindex Prefix for install
3366 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3367 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3368 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3369 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3370 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3372 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3373 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3374 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3376 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3377 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3378 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3382 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3383 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3384 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3385 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3387 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3388 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3389 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3390 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3391 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3392 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3393 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3394 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3395 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3396 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3401 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3403 @node Existing Tests
3404 @chapter Existing Tests
3406 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3407 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3408 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3409 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3412 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3413 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3414 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3416 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3417 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3418 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3419 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3420 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3423 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3424 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3425 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3426 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3427 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3428 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3429 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3430 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3431 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3432 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3433 * System Services:: Operating system services
3434 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3435 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3438 @node Common Behavior
3439 @section Common Behavior
3440 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3442 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3443 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3444 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3445 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3446 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3450 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3451 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3454 @node Standard Symbols
3455 @subsection Standard Symbols
3456 @cindex Standard symbols
3458 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3459 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3460 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3461 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3462 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3467 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3471 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3475 @node Default Includes
3476 @subsection Default Includes
3477 @cindex Default includes
3478 @cindex Includes, default
3480 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3481 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3482 protected includes, such as:
3486 #if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3487 # include <sys/time.h>
3490 # if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3491 # include <sys/time.h>
3500 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3501 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3502 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3504 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3507 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3508 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3509 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3514 #if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3515 # include <sys/types.h>
3518 # include <sys/stat.h>
3521 # include <stdlib.h>
3522 # include <stddef.h>
3525 # include <stdlib.h>
3529 # if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
3530 # include <memory.h>
3532 # include <string.h>
3535 # include <strings.h>
3538 # include <inttypes.h>
3541 # include <stdint.h>
3544 # include <unistd.h>
3549 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3550 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3551 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3553 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3554 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3555 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3556 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3559 @node Alternative Programs
3560 @section Alternative Programs
3561 @cindex Programs, checking
3563 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3564 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3565 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3566 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3567 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3568 general program-check macros.
3571 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3572 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3575 @node Particular Programs
3576 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3578 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3579 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3584 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3585 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3586 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3587 best implementation.
3590 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3593 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3594 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3595 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3596 @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3597 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3600 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3601 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3603 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3604 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3605 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3608 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3609 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3611 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3612 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3613 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3616 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3617 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3619 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3620 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3621 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3622 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3623 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3624 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3625 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3626 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3627 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3628 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3630 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3631 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3632 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3633 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3634 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
3636 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3637 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3638 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3639 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3640 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3641 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3642 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3643 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3645 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3646 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3647 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3648 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3651 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3652 @acindex{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P}
3654 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3655 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3656 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3657 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3658 nearly the same time.
3660 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3661 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3662 so your package should
3663 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3664 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3665 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3667 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3668 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3669 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3671 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3672 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3673 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3674 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3675 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3676 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3677 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3678 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3679 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3680 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3687 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3688 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3689 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3690 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3691 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3694 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} is a @samp{char *} instead
3695 of a @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3696 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3697 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3698 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3700 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3701 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3702 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3703 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3704 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3705 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3706 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3707 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3708 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3712 if test "$LEX" != flex; then
3713 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3714 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3715 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3719 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3722 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3723 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3724 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3725 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3727 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3728 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3731 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3734 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3735 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3736 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3737 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3739 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3740 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3741 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3742 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3743 where the link is to be created.
3745 In other words, it does not work to do:
3753 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3757 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3758 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3760 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3761 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3767 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3768 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3769 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3770 information about portability problems with Sed.
3773 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3776 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
3777 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
3778 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
3781 @node Generic Programs
3782 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
3784 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
3785 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
3786 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
3787 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
3788 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
3789 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
3793 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
3794 [$PATH:/usr/libexec:/usr/sbin:/usr/etc:/etc])
3797 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
3798 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
3799 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
3801 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path}, @ovar{reject})
3802 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
3803 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @env{PATH}. If
3804 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
3805 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
3806 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
3807 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
3808 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
3809 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
3813 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3814 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
3815 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
3816 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @env{PATH}. If one is found, set
3817 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
3818 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
3819 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3820 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3821 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3824 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3825 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
3826 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3827 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
3828 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3829 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
3830 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
3832 As noted in @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the system type}, the
3833 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
3834 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
3835 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
3836 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
3837 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
3838 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
3841 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3842 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
3843 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3844 with a prefix of the host type as determined by
3845 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3846 For example, if the user runs @samp{configure --host=i386-gnu}, then
3849 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
3852 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
3853 @env{PATH}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
3854 @env{PATH}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
3856 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{only}
3857 accept program names that are prefixed with the host type.
3858 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the
3862 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3863 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
3864 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3865 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
3866 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
3867 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3868 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
3869 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
3870 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
3871 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
3872 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
3873 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3876 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3877 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
3878 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3879 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
3880 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
3881 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3882 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
3883 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
3884 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3885 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3886 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3888 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
3889 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
3892 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3894 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3895 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
3898 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3899 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
3900 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
3901 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
3905 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3906 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
3907 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3908 name of the program if it is found.
3911 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3913 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3914 name of the program if it is found.
3916 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
3917 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
3923 @cindex File, checking
3925 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
3926 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
3927 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
3928 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
3930 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
3931 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
3932 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
3933 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
3934 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
3937 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
3938 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
3939 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
3940 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
3941 for each file found.
3946 @section Library Files
3947 @cindex Library, checking
3949 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
3950 library archive files.
3952 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
3954 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
3955 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
3956 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
3958 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
3959 the @var{library} argument.
3961 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
3962 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
3963 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
3964 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
3965 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
3966 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
3967 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
3968 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
3969 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
3970 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
3971 detection of libraries.
3973 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
3974 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
3975 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
3976 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
3977 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
3978 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
3979 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
3980 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
3982 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
3983 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
3984 appear the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
3985 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
3986 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
3987 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
3988 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
3992 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
3993 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
3994 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
3995 available. This equates to calling
3996 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
3997 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
3999 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4000 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4001 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4003 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4004 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4005 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4006 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4007 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4008 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4013 @node Library Functions
4014 @section Library Functions
4016 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4017 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4018 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4019 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4022 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4023 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4024 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4027 @node Function Portability
4028 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4029 @cindex Portability of C functions
4030 @cindex C function portability
4032 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4033 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4034 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4035 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4040 @prindex @code{exit}
4041 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4042 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4043 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4045 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4046 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4047 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4048 @code{main} instead.
4052 @prindex @code{free}
4053 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4054 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4060 @prindex @code{isinf}
4061 @prindex @code{isnan}
4062 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4063 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4064 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4065 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4066 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4067 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4068 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4069 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4071 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4072 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4073 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4074 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4075 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4077 To work around this porting mess, you can use code like the following.
4084 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4085 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4087 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4088 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4089 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4094 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4095 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4097 static inline int isinf_f (float x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4098 static inline int isinf_d (double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4099 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4103 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4104 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4105 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4106 typically have missing or broken @code{isnan} functions anyway, so it's
4107 probably not worth worrying about.
4111 @prindex @code{malloc}
4112 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4113 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4114 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4115 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4116 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4120 @prindex @code{putenv}
4121 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4122 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4125 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4126 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4127 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4128 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4130 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4131 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4132 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4134 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4135 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4137 @item @code{realloc}
4139 @prindex @code{realloc}
4140 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4141 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4144 @item @code{signal} handler
4146 @prindex @code{signal}
4147 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4148 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4149 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4150 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4152 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4153 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4154 available. @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{Particular Types}) can be
4155 used to establish the correct type in all cases.
4157 @item @code{snprintf}
4158 @c @fuindex snprintf
4159 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4160 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4161 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4162 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4163 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4164 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4165 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4166 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4167 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4168 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4169 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4172 @item @code{sprintf}
4174 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4175 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4176 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4177 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4178 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4179 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4180 longer need to be worried about.
4184 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4185 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires that its
4186 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4187 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4188 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4189 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4190 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4191 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4193 @item @code{strerror_r}
4194 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4195 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4196 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4197 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4198 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4199 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4201 @item @code{strnlen}
4203 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4204 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4208 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4209 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4210 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4211 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4212 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4213 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4214 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4215 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4216 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4217 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4220 @item @code{sysconf}
4222 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4223 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4224 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4229 @prindex @code{unlink}
4230 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4231 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4232 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4233 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4235 @item @code{unsetenv}
4236 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4237 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4238 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4239 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4240 @code{putenv} above.
4242 @item @code{va_copy}
4244 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4245 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4246 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4247 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4248 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4249 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4252 @item @code{va_list}
4254 @prindex @code{va_list}
4255 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4256 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4257 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4258 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4259 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4260 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4263 @item Signed @code{>>}
4264 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4265 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4266 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4267 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4268 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4271 @item Integer @code{/}
4272 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4273 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4274 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4275 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4276 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4281 @node Particular Functions
4282 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4283 @cindex Function, checking
4285 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4286 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4288 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4289 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4291 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4294 @prindex @code{alloca}
4296 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4297 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4298 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4299 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4301 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4302 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4303 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4304 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4305 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4306 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4307 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4308 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4309 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4310 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4312 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4313 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4314 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4315 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4316 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4317 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4319 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4320 like the following, to declare it properly.
4325 # include <alloca.h>
4326 #elif defined __GNUC__
4327 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4329 # define alloca __alloca
4330 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4331 # include <malloc.h>
4332 # define alloca _alloca
4334 # include <stddef.h>
4338 void *alloca (size_t);
4344 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4345 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4347 @prindex @code{chown}
4348 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4349 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4354 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4355 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4356 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4357 @c @fuindex closedir
4358 @prindex @code{closedir}
4359 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4360 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4361 return value for an error indicator.
4363 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4364 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4365 return a meaningful value is made.
4367 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4368 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4371 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4372 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4373 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4374 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4375 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4376 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4379 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4380 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4382 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4383 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4384 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4385 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4387 Unlike the other specific
4388 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4389 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4390 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4393 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4394 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4396 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4397 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4398 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4399 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4403 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4405 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4406 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4407 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4410 @prindex @code{fork}
4412 @prindex @code{vfork}
4414 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4415 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4416 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4418 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4419 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4420 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4421 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4422 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4423 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4424 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4425 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4426 their signal handlers.
4428 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4429 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4430 yourself in new code:
4433 #if !HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4440 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4441 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4442 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4444 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4445 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4446 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4447 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4448 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4449 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4453 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4454 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4455 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4456 @c @fuindex getgroups
4457 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4458 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4459 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4460 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4461 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4464 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4465 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4470 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4471 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4472 @cvindex GETLODAVG_PRIVILEGED
4473 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4474 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4476 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4478 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4479 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4480 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4481 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4482 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4483 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4484 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4486 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4487 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4488 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4489 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4490 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4491 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4496 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4499 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4504 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4507 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4508 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4509 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4512 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4513 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4514 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4515 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4516 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4521 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4522 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4523 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4524 @c @fuindex getmntent
4525 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4526 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4527 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4528 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4529 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4532 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4533 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4534 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4537 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4538 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4539 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4540 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4541 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4542 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4552 This macro does not check whether
4553 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4554 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4556 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4557 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4560 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4561 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4562 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4564 @prindex @code{lstat}
4565 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4566 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4567 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4569 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4570 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4571 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4573 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4574 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4575 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4578 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4579 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4580 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4583 @prindex @code{malloc}
4584 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4585 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4586 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4587 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4588 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4589 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4591 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4592 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4596 # include <config.h>
4600 #include <sys/types.h>
4604 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4605 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4608 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4617 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4618 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4621 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4622 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4623 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4624 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4625 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4626 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4628 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4629 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4632 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4633 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4634 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4636 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4637 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4638 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4641 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4642 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4645 @prindex @code{mktime}
4646 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4647 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4648 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4649 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4653 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4657 @prindex @code{mmap}
4658 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4659 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4663 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4664 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4665 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4667 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4668 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4671 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4672 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4673 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4676 @prindex @code{realloc}
4677 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4678 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4679 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4680 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4681 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4682 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4683 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
4686 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
4687 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
4688 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
4689 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
4690 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
4692 @prindex @code{select}
4693 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
4694 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
4695 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
4696 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
4697 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
4698 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
4700 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
4701 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4704 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
4705 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
4706 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
4708 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
4709 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
4710 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
4711 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
4712 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4713 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
4715 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
4716 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4719 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
4720 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
4722 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
4723 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4724 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4726 @prindex @code{stat}
4728 @prindex @code{lstat}
4729 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
4730 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
4731 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
4734 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
4735 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
4738 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4739 New programs need not use these macros.
4742 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
4743 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
4744 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
4746 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
4747 If @code{setvbuf} takes the buffering type as its second argument and
4748 the buffer pointer as the third, instead of the other way around, define
4749 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
4751 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4752 New programs need not use this macro.
4755 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
4756 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
4757 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
4759 @prindex @code{strcoll}
4760 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
4761 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
4762 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
4763 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
4766 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
4767 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4768 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
4769 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
4770 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
4771 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4772 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4773 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
4774 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
4775 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
4776 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
4777 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
4778 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
4779 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
4780 the buffer argument.
4783 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
4784 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
4785 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
4786 @c @fuindex strftime
4787 @prindex @code{strftime}
4788 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
4789 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
4791 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
4792 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
4795 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
4796 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
4799 @prindex @code{strtod}
4800 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
4801 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
4802 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
4803 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
4806 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
4807 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
4808 @prindex @code{strtold}
4809 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
4810 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
4813 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
4814 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
4815 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
4817 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4818 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
4819 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
4822 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
4823 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
4824 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
4826 @prindex @code{utime}
4827 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
4828 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
4830 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
4831 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
4834 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
4835 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
4836 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
4837 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
4839 @prindex @code{vprintf}
4840 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
4841 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
4842 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
4843 are also available.)
4845 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
4846 New programs need not use this macro.
4849 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
4850 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
4852 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4853 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
4854 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
4855 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
4857 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
4858 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
4859 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
4860 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
4861 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
4862 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
4867 @node Generic Functions
4868 @subsection Generic Function Checks
4870 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
4871 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
4872 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
4873 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
4874 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
4875 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
4877 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4878 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
4879 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
4880 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
4881 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
4882 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
4883 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
4884 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
4885 about selecting the language for checks.)
4888 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4889 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
4890 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
4891 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
4892 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
4893 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
4894 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
4895 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
4896 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
4897 functions is not found.
4900 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
4901 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
4902 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
4903 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
4904 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
4905 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
4906 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
4907 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
4908 early during the @command{configure} run.
4913 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
4914 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
4915 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
4916 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
4917 package must be ready to replace them.
4919 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
4920 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
4922 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
4925 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
4926 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
4928 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
4929 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
4930 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
4931 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
4934 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
4936 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
4937 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
4938 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
4940 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
4941 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
4942 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
4943 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
4944 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
4945 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
4946 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
4949 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
4950 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
4951 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
4955 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
4956 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
4958 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
4959 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
4960 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
4963 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
4964 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
4965 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
4966 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
4969 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
4970 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
4974 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
4975 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
4976 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
4977 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
4978 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
4979 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
4980 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
4982 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
4983 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
4984 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
4985 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
4986 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
4987 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
4988 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
4993 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
4994 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
4995 a convenient shorthand.
4997 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
4998 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5000 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5001 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5002 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#if !HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5003 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5004 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5009 @section Header Files
5010 @cindex Header, checking
5012 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5013 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5014 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5015 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5018 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5019 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5020 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5023 @node Header Portability
5024 @subsection Portability of Headers
5025 @cindex Portability of headers
5026 @cindex Header portability
5028 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5029 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5030 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5034 @item @file{limits.h}
5035 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5036 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5037 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5040 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5041 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5043 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5044 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5045 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5046 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5047 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5050 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5051 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5052 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5054 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5055 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5056 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5058 @item @file{net/if.h}
5060 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5061 beforehand. One should run:
5064 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5065 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5068 # include <stdlib.h>
5069 # include <stddef.h>
5072 # include <stdlib.h>
5075 #if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5076 # include <sys/socket.h>
5081 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5082 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5083 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5084 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5087 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5088 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5091 # include <stdlib.h>
5092 # include <stddef.h>
5095 # include <stdlib.h>
5098 #if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5099 # include <sys/socket.h>
5104 @item @file{stdint.h}
5105 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5107 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5109 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5111 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5112 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5113 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5114 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5116 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5117 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5118 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5120 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5121 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5122 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5124 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5125 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5126 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5128 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5129 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5130 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5131 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5134 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5135 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5141 @node Particular Headers
5142 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5144 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5145 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5147 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5148 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5151 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5152 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5153 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5156 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5157 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5158 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5159 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5160 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5161 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5163 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5164 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5166 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5167 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5169 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5170 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5171 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5172 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5173 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5176 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5177 something like the following:
5181 #include <sys/types.h>
5182 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5183 # include <dirent.h>
5184 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5186 # define dirent direct
5187 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5188 # if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5189 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5192 # include <sys/dir.h>
5201 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5202 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5203 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5204 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5206 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5208 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5209 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5211 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5212 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5215 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5216 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5217 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5218 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5219 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5220 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5221 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5222 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5223 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5224 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5227 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5228 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5229 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5231 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5232 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5236 #if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5237 # include <sys/types.h>
5239 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5240 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5242 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5243 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5252 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5253 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5254 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5255 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5256 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5257 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5258 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5259 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5261 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5262 New programs need not use this macro.
5265 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5266 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5267 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5269 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5271 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5272 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5273 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5274 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5278 # include <stdbool.h>
5284 # define _Bool signed char
5290 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5294 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5295 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5296 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5301 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5302 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5303 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5309 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5310 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5311 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5312 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5313 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5314 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5315 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5316 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5317 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5318 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5320 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5321 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5324 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5325 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5328 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5329 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5330 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5331 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5332 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5333 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5334 standard headers, there is so much variation
5335 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5336 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5337 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5338 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5339 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5340 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5341 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5342 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5343 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5344 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5345 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5348 # This example is obsolescent.
5349 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5351 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5355 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5359 /* This example is obsolescent.
5360 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5362 # include <string.h>
5365 # define strchr index
5366 # define strrchr rindex
5368 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5370 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5371 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5378 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5379 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5380 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5381 each function. An easy
5382 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5383 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5384 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5385 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5388 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5389 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5390 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5391 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5392 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5393 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5394 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5395 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5396 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5397 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5402 #include <sys/types.h>
5404 # include <sys/wait.h>
5407 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5410 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5416 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5417 New programs need not use this macro.
5420 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5422 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5423 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5424 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5425 have @file{unistd.h}.
5427 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5432 # include <sys/types.h>
5433 # include <unistd.h>
5436 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5437 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5442 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5443 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5444 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5446 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5447 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5448 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5449 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5450 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5451 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5452 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5453 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5454 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5455 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5459 #if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5460 # include <sys/time.h>
5463 # if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5464 # include <sys/time.h>
5473 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5474 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5478 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5479 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5480 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5481 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5482 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5483 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5484 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5485 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5486 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5493 # include <termios.h>
5496 #if GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5497 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5503 @node Generic Headers
5504 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5506 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5507 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5508 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5509 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5511 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5512 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5513 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5514 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5515 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5516 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5519 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5523 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5524 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5525 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5526 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5527 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5528 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5529 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5530 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5531 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5532 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5534 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5538 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5539 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5540 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5541 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5542 headers that clashed at compile-time. If you need to check whether a
5543 header is preprocessable, you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
5544 (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5546 This scheme, which improves the robustness of the test, also requires
5547 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5548 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5549 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5550 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5554 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5555 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5562 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5563 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5565 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5566 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5567 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5568 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5569 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5570 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5571 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5572 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5573 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5574 early during the @command{configure} run.
5578 @section Declarations
5579 @cindex Declaration, checking
5581 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5582 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5583 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5584 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5585 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5588 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5589 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5592 @node Particular Declarations
5593 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5595 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5597 @node Generic Declarations
5598 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5600 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5603 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5604 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5605 If @var{symbol} (a function or a variable) is not declared in
5606 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5607 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}. If no
5608 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5609 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5611 This macro actually tests whether it is valid to use @var{symbol} as an
5612 r-value, not if it is really declared, because it is much safer to avoid
5613 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5616 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5617 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5618 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5619 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5620 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5621 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5622 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5623 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5624 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5626 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5628 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5629 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5630 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5633 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5634 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5635 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5636 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5637 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} just like any other result of Autoconf:
5640 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
5641 extern char *symbol;
5646 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
5647 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
5648 with the system's one, you should use:
5651 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
5652 void *malloc (size_t *s);
5657 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
5658 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
5659 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
5662 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
5663 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
5664 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5665 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5666 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5667 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
5668 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
5669 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
5670 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
5671 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
5677 @cindex Structure, checking
5679 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
5680 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5681 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
5682 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5683 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5686 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
5687 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
5690 @node Particular Structures
5691 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
5693 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
5695 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5696 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
5697 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5698 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5699 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
5700 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
5702 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
5703 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
5704 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
5705 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
5706 zero @code{d_ino} values.
5707 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
5708 entry that is a mount point.
5711 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5712 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
5713 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5714 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5715 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
5716 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
5719 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
5720 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
5721 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
5722 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
5723 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
5724 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
5725 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
5726 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
5729 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
5733 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
5734 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5735 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
5736 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
5738 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
5739 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
5740 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
5741 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
5745 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
5746 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
5747 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
5748 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
5749 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
5750 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
5751 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
5752 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
5755 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
5759 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
5761 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
5763 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5764 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
5765 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
5766 had better define @code{struct tm}.
5768 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
5769 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
5772 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
5773 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5774 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
5775 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
5776 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
5777 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
5778 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
5779 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
5780 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
5783 @node Generic Structures
5784 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
5786 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
5787 ``particular'' test macros.
5789 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5790 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
5791 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
5792 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5793 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5796 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
5797 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
5801 You can use this macro for submembers:
5804 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
5808 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5809 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
5810 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
5811 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
5812 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
5813 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
5814 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
5815 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
5816 of the members that could not be found.
5818 This macro uses M4 lists:
5820 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
5830 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
5831 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
5832 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
5833 use a general type-check macro.
5836 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
5837 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
5840 @node Particular Types
5841 @subsection Particular Type Checks
5843 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
5846 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5847 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
5848 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
5851 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
5852 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
5853 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
5855 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
5856 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
5857 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
5858 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
5859 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
5862 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
5863 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
5864 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
5866 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{int8_t},
5867 define @code{HAVE_INT8_T}. Otherwise, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
5868 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
5869 representation, if such a type exists.
5872 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
5873 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
5874 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
5876 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
5879 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
5880 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
5881 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
5883 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
5886 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
5887 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
5888 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
5890 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
5893 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
5894 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
5895 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
5897 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
5898 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
5899 widest signed integer type.
5902 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
5903 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
5904 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
5906 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
5907 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
5908 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
5912 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
5913 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
5914 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
5915 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
5916 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
5917 same range and precision as @code{double}.
5920 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
5921 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
5922 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
5923 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
5924 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
5925 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
5928 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
5929 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
5930 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
5931 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
5932 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}.
5935 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
5936 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
5939 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
5940 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
5941 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
5944 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
5945 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
5947 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
5951 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
5952 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
5954 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
5958 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
5959 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
5961 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
5965 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
5966 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
5969 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
5970 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
5971 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}.
5973 Define signal handlers as returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}:
5986 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
5987 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
5989 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
5993 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
5994 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
5996 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6000 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6001 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6004 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6005 headers do not define them.
6008 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6009 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6010 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6012 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uint8_t},
6013 define @code{HAVE_UINT8_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6014 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6018 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6019 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6020 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6022 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit unsigned integers.
6025 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6026 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6027 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6029 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit unsigned integers.
6032 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6033 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6034 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6036 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit unsigned integers.
6039 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6040 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6041 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6043 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6044 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6045 widest unsigned integer type.
6048 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6049 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6050 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6052 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6053 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6054 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6058 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6059 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6060 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6061 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6062 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}.
6066 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6068 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6071 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6072 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6073 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6074 or defined by the @var{includes} (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6078 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6079 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6080 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6081 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). If no @var{includes} are
6082 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6083 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6084 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6085 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6087 This macro uses M4 lists:
6089 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6090 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6095 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6096 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6097 compatibility, a simple heuristics, quite safe but not totally, is
6098 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6099 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6102 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6103 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6105 @cindex Preprocessors
6108 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6109 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6110 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6111 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6114 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6115 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6116 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6118 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6119 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6120 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6124 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6125 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6126 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6127 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6128 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6129 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6130 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6133 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6134 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6136 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6139 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6140 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6141 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6142 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6146 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6150 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6151 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the ``bundled'') on
6152 @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6153 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6154 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6155 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6156 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6157 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6158 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6161 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6162 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6164 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type}, @ovar{unused}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6165 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6166 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6167 size in bytes of @var{type}. If @samp{type} is unknown, it gets a size
6168 of 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6169 (@pxref{Default Includes}). If you provide @var{include}, be sure to
6170 include @file{stdio.h} which is required for this macro to run.
6172 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6173 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6175 For example, the call
6178 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6182 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6185 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6186 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6187 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6188 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. If @samp{type} is unknown, it gets a size
6189 of 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6190 (@pxref{Default Includes}). If you provide @var{include}, be sure to
6191 include @file{stddef.h} and @file{stdio.h} which are required for this
6192 macro to work correctly.
6195 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6196 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6197 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6198 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6199 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6200 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6201 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6203 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6204 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6209 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6211 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6212 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6213 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6216 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6217 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6218 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6219 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6224 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6228 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6230 char apostrophe = '\\
6238 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6239 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6240 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6242 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6243 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6244 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6253 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6254 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6255 b.o} solves the issue.
6257 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6258 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6259 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6260 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6261 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6262 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6263 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6264 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6266 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6267 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6268 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6269 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6270 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6271 @code{#line} directives.
6274 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6278 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6279 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6280 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6283 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6284 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6285 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6286 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6287 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6291 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6294 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6295 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6296 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6297 modes on various systems.
6299 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6300 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6302 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6303 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6305 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6306 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6307 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6308 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6312 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6313 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6314 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6315 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6316 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6317 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6318 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6319 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6327 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6328 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6329 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6332 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6333 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6334 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6335 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6336 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6337 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6340 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6341 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6343 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6344 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6345 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6346 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6350 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6351 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6352 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6353 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6355 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6356 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6357 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6358 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6359 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6360 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6362 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6363 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6364 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6367 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6368 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6369 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6370 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6371 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6372 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6373 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6375 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6376 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6377 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6379 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6382 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6383 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6384 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6385 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6386 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6387 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6388 flexible arrays, @code{inline}, @code{long long int}, mixed code and
6389 declarations, named initialization of structs, @code{restrict}, varargs
6390 macros, variable declarations in @code{for} loops and variable length
6393 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6394 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6395 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6398 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6399 @acindex{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A}
6400 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6403 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6404 New programs need not use this macro.
6407 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-unknown})
6408 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6409 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6411 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6412 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6413 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6414 @var{action-if-false}.
6416 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6417 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6418 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6419 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6421 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6422 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6423 nothing. And finally, the default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6424 abort configure and tell the installer which variable he should preset
6425 to bypass this test.
6431 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6432 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6433 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6434 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6435 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6436 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6437 defines it as empty.
6439 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6440 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6441 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6448 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6449 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6451 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6452 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6453 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6454 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6455 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6457 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6458 New programs need not use this macro.
6461 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6462 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6464 If the C compiler recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6465 If it recognizes only a variant spelling (@code{__restrict},
6466 @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}), then define
6467 @code{restrict} to that.
6468 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6469 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6470 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6471 or configuration header defines it away.
6473 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6474 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6475 This macro works for them, too.
6478 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6479 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6481 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6482 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6483 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6484 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6487 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6488 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6489 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6490 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6491 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6493 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6494 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6495 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6496 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6498 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6499 New programs need not use this macro.
6505 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6506 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6507 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6510 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6511 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6512 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6513 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6514 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6517 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6518 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6519 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6520 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6521 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6522 found in macros such as this:
6528 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6529 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
6534 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
6536 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
6538 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
6539 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
6540 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
6543 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
6544 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
6546 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
6548 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
6549 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
6550 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
6551 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
6553 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
6554 New programs need not use this macro.
6557 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
6558 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6560 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
6561 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
6562 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
6563 have not been installed on an old system.
6565 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
6566 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
6571 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
6574 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6578 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
6579 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
6580 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
6582 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
6583 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
6584 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
6585 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
6587 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6588 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
6589 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6590 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
6591 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
6595 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
6598 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
6599 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
6600 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
6601 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
6605 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
6606 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
6608 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
6609 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6610 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
6611 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
6613 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6614 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6615 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6616 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
6617 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
6620 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
6621 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
6622 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6623 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6624 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
6629 @node Objective C Compiler
6630 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
6633 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6637 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
6638 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
6639 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
6641 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6642 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
6643 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6644 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
6645 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
6649 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
6652 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
6653 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
6654 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
6655 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
6656 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
6659 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCCPP
6660 @acindex{PROG_OBJCCPP}
6662 Set output variable @code{OBJCCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
6663 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6667 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
6668 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
6671 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
6672 Erlang/OTP programs:
6674 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
6675 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
6678 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
6679 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
6680 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
6681 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
6683 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
6684 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
6685 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
6689 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
6693 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@ovar{path})
6694 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
6695 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
6696 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
6697 program is not found.
6700 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
6701 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
6703 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already set in the
6704 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
6705 complete path of the interpreter command found.
6707 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
6708 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
6709 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
6713 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
6717 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@ovar{path})
6718 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
6719 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
6720 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
6721 program is not found.
6725 @node Fortran Compiler
6726 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
6730 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
6731 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
6732 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
6733 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
6734 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
6735 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
6736 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
6738 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
6739 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
6740 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
6744 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6748 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
6749 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
6750 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
6751 of the compiler found.
6753 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6754 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
6755 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
6756 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
6757 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
6758 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
6761 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
6764 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
6765 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
6766 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
6767 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
6768 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
6769 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
6772 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
6776 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
6777 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
6778 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
6779 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
6782 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
6783 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
6784 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
6785 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
6786 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
6787 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
6788 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
6789 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
6790 the latest Fortran standard.
6792 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
6793 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
6794 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
6796 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
6797 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
6798 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
6799 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
6802 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
6803 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
6804 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
6805 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
6806 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6807 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6808 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6809 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
6810 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
6813 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
6814 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6815 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6816 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
6817 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
6818 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
6821 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
6822 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
6823 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
6825 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
6827 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
6828 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
6829 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
6830 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
6831 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
6833 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
6834 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
6835 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
6836 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
6838 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
6839 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
6840 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
6841 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
6844 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
6845 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
6846 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
6847 these Fortran libraries.
6849 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
6850 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
6851 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
6854 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
6855 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
6856 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
6857 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
6858 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
6859 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
6860 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
6861 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
6862 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
6863 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
6864 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
6867 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
6868 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
6869 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
6870 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
6871 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
6872 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
6873 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
6874 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
6875 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
6877 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
6878 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
6879 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
6880 exiting with an error.
6882 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
6883 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
6887 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
6891 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
6895 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
6897 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
6898 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
6899 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
6908 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
6909 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
6910 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
6911 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
6912 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
6913 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
6914 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
6915 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
6916 simply defined to @code{main}.)
6918 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
6919 one should use this macro and name the "main" function
6920 @code{F77_MAIN} or @code{FC_MAIN} instead of @code{main}.
6923 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
6924 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
6925 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
6928 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
6931 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
6932 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
6933 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
6934 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
6937 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
6938 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
6939 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
6940 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
6941 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
6942 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
6943 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
6944 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
6947 subroutine foobar (x, y)
6948 double precision x, y
6954 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
6957 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
6959 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
6961 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
6964 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
6965 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
6966 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
6967 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
6970 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
6972 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
6973 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
6974 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
6975 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
6976 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
6977 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
6979 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
6983 double x = 2.7183, y;
6984 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
6988 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
6989 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
6990 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
6991 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
6995 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
6996 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
6999 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7000 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7001 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7002 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7003 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7004 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7005 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7006 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7009 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7011 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7012 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7013 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7014 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7015 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7016 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7017 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7019 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7020 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7021 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7022 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7023 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7024 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7026 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7027 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7028 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7029 to compile such files.
7031 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7032 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7033 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7034 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7035 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7036 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7037 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7042 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7045 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7046 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7047 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7048 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7053 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7054 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7056 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7057 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7058 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7059 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7061 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7062 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7063 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7064 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7065 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7066 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7068 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7069 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7070 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7074 @node System Services
7075 @section System Services
7077 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7082 @cindex X Window System
7083 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7084 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7085 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7087 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7088 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7089 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7090 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7091 disables this method.
7093 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7094 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7095 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7096 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7097 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7099 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7100 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7101 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7104 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7108 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7110 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7111 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7112 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7113 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7116 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7117 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7118 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7119 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7120 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7122 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7123 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7124 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7125 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7128 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7129 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7130 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7131 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7132 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7133 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7134 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7137 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7138 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7139 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7140 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7142 @cindex Large file support
7145 @uref{http://www.unix-systems.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7146 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7147 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7148 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7149 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7151 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7152 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7154 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7155 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7156 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7157 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7160 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7161 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7162 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7163 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7167 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7168 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7169 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7170 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7171 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7174 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7175 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7176 @cindex Posix termios headers
7177 @cindex termios Posix headers
7178 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7179 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7180 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7183 @node Posix Variants
7184 @section Posix Variants
7186 The following macros check for certain operating systems that need
7187 special treatment for some programs, due to exceptional oddities in
7188 their header files or libraries. These macros are warts; they will be
7189 replaced by a more systematic approach, based on the functions they make
7190 available or the environments they provide.
7194 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7195 If on @acronym{AIX}, define @code{_ALL_SOURCE}.
7196 Allows the use of some @acronym{BSD}
7197 functions. Should be called before any macros that run the C compiler.
7200 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
7201 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
7202 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7203 If using the @acronym{GNU} C library, define @code{_GNU_SOURCE}.
7204 Allows the use of some @acronym{GNU} functions. Should be called
7205 before any macros that run the C compiler.
7208 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
7211 For @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix, add @option{-lcposix} to output
7212 variable @code{LIBS} if necessary for Posix facilities. Call this
7213 after @code{AC_PROG_CC} and before any other macros that use Posix
7214 interfaces. @sc{interactive} Unix is no longer sold, and Sun says that
7215 they will drop support for it on 2006-07-23, so this macro is becoming
7222 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7223 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7224 If on Minix, define @code{_MINIX} and @code{_POSIX_SOURCE} and define
7225 @code{_POSIX_1_SOURCE} to be 2. This allows the use of Posix
7226 facilities. Should be called before any macros that run the C compiler.
7229 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7230 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7231 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7232 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7234 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7235 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7236 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7237 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7238 If possible, enable extensions to Posix on hosts that normally disable
7239 the extensions, typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues.
7240 This may involve defining @code{__EXTENSIONS__} and
7241 @code{_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS}, which are macros used by Solaris. This
7242 macro also has the combined effects of @code{AC_GNU_SOURCE},
7243 @code{AC_AIX}, and @code{AC_MINIX}.
7247 @node Erlang Libraries
7248 @section Erlang Libraries
7249 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7251 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7252 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7253 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7254 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7256 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7257 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7258 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7260 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base directory
7261 in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's @code{code:root_dir/0}
7262 function). The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled when running
7263 @command{configure}.
7266 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7267 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7268 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7270 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7271 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7272 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7273 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7274 when running @command{configure}.
7277 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7278 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7279 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7281 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by calling
7282 Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this test is cached if
7283 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}. @var{action-if-found} is a
7284 list of shell commands to run if the library is installed;
7285 @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to run if it is not.
7286 Additionally, if the library is installed, the output variable
7287 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the library
7288 installation directory. For example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is
7292 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7293 [echo "stdlib is installed in $ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib"],
7294 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7298 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7299 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7300 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7302 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7303 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7304 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7306 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7307 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate subdirectory.
7308 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7309 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7310 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7313 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7314 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7315 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7317 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7318 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7319 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7320 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7321 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7322 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7323 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7330 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7333 @chapter Writing Tests
7335 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7336 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7337 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7338 available and report the results.
7340 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7341 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7342 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7343 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7344 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7345 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7347 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7348 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7349 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7350 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7351 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7352 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7353 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7356 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7357 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7358 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7361 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7362 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7363 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7364 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7365 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7366 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7367 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7368 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7371 @node Language Choice
7372 @section Language Choice
7375 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7376 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7377 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7378 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7379 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7380 @file{configure.ac}.
7382 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7383 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7384 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7386 Supported languages are:
7390 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7391 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7392 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7395 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7396 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7397 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7398 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7401 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7402 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7405 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7406 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7407 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7413 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7414 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7417 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCCPP} and use
7418 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7419 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7420 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7424 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7426 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7427 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7428 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7431 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7433 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7434 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7436 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7437 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7438 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7441 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7442 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7444 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7448 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7449 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7450 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7451 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7453 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7454 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7455 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7456 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7457 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7458 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7459 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7460 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7461 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7462 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7463 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@dots{}
7467 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7468 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7469 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7470 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7471 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7472 depending on which language is current.
7476 @node Writing Test Programs
7477 @section Writing Test Programs
7479 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7480 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7481 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
7484 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
7485 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
7486 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
7490 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
7492 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
7494 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
7496 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
7497 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
7498 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
7500 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
7501 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
7502 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
7503 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
7504 other headers included before, especially required headers.
7506 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
7507 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
7510 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
7511 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
7512 otherwise, so that success
7513 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
7514 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
7515 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
7516 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
7517 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
7519 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
7520 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
7521 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
7522 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
7523 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
7528 # include <stdbool.h>
7533 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
7534 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
7535 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
7536 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
7538 @node Test Functions
7539 @subsection Test Functions
7541 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
7542 (introduced in C89).
7544 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
7545 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
7546 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
7552 void *valloc (size_t);
7555 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
7556 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
7557 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
7558 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
7559 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
7561 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
7563 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
7564 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
7565 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
7567 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
7568 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
7569 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
7570 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
7573 @node Generating Sources
7574 @subsection Generating Sources
7576 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
7577 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
7578 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
7579 ``format'' the output properly.
7582 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
7583 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
7584 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
7585 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
7588 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
7589 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
7590 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
7593 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
7594 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
7595 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
7596 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
7599 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
7602 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7603 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7604 [Greetings string.])
7607 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
7608 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7618 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7619 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7620 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7621 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7622 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7623 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7625 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7628 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
7629 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
7632 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
7633 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
7634 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7635 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
7636 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
7643 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7644 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7645 [Greetings string.])
7647 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
7648 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
7649 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7659 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7660 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7661 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7662 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7663 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7664 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7666 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7676 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
7677 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports at least
7678 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
7679 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
7680 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
7681 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
7682 constraints on this function's behaviour).
7687 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7690 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
7691 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
7701 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
7703 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
7707 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
7709 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7710 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
7711 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
7712 of the latter are available.
7714 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
7715 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
7716 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
7718 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
7721 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
7722 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
7723 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
7724 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
7725 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
7727 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
7728 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
7729 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
7732 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
7735 @node Running the Preprocessor
7736 @section Running the Preprocessor
7738 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
7739 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
7740 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
7741 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
7742 temptation of following the easiest path.
7744 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
7745 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
7747 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
7748 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
7750 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
7751 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
7752 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
7753 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
7754 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
7755 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
7757 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
7758 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
7761 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
7762 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
7768 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7769 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7770 [Greetings string.])
7772 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
7773 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
7774 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
7775 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
7782 checking for gcc... gcc
7783 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
7784 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
7785 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
7786 checking for suffix of executables...
7787 checking for suffix of object files... o
7788 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
7789 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
7790 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
7791 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
7797 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
7798 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
7799 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
7800 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
7801 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
7802 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
7804 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7805 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
7806 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
7807 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
7808 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
7809 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
7812 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7814 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
7815 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
7816 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
7817 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
7818 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
7823 @node Running the Compiler
7824 @section Running the Compiler
7826 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
7827 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
7828 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
7829 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
7831 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
7832 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
7833 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
7834 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
7835 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
7836 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
7838 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
7839 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
7840 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
7845 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
7846 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
7847 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
7848 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program, to ensure
7849 that the Erlang module has the right name.
7851 @node Running the Linker
7852 @section Running the Linker
7854 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
7855 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
7856 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
7857 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
7858 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
7859 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
7860 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
7861 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
7862 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
7863 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
7864 important than speed.
7866 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
7867 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
7868 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
7869 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
7873 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
7874 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
7875 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
7876 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
7877 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
7878 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
7881 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
7882 current compilation flags.
7884 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
7885 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
7886 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
7889 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
7890 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
7895 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
7897 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
7898 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
7899 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
7900 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
7901 your program initializes itself.
7903 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
7904 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
7905 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
7906 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
7909 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
7910 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
7911 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
7912 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
7913 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
7915 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
7916 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
7917 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7919 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
7920 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
7921 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
7922 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
7923 an error message and exits.
7925 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
7926 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
7927 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
7930 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
7931 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
7934 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
7935 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
7936 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
7937 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
7938 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
7939 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
7940 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
7941 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
7942 this warning message.
7944 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
7945 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
7946 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
7947 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
7949 @ovindex cross_compiling
7950 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
7951 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
7952 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
7953 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
7954 of calling the macros.
7956 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
7957 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
7959 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
7960 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
7961 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
7962 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
7963 (e.g. using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
7964 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
7965 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
7966 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
7967 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
7968 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro is:
7971 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
7975 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
7976 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
7978 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
7979 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
7984 @section Systemology
7987 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
7988 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
7991 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
7992 derived from the @uref{http://www.bell-labs.com/history/unix/, Unix
7995 The @uref{http://bhami.com/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
7996 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
7997 systems. @uref{http://www.levenez.com/unix/, Unix History} is a
7998 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8001 @uref{http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8002 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8007 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8008 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8009 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8010 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8011 nothing was to be done!
8013 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8014 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8015 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8016 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8017 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8020 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8021 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8022 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8023 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8025 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8026 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8027 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8028 information is available on the
8029 @uref{http://www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8033 @uref{http://h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8034 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8037 @item Unix version 7
8038 @cindex Unix version 7
8040 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8041 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8042 Documentation is available in the
8043 @uref{http://plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8044 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8045 they were not as widely used.
8049 @node Multiple Cases
8050 @section Multiple Cases
8052 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8053 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8054 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8055 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8056 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8058 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8059 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked.
8063 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8065 # The order of these tests is important.
8066 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8067 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8068 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8069 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8071 if test $fstype = no; then
8072 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8073 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8074 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8075 [Define if USG statfs.])
8078 if test $fstype = no; then
8079 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8080 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8081 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8082 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8085 # (more cases omitted here)
8086 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8090 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8093 @chapter Results of Tests
8095 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8096 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8097 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8098 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8099 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8102 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8103 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8104 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8105 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8106 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8109 @node Defining Symbols
8110 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8112 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8113 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8114 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8116 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8117 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8118 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8119 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8120 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8121 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8122 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8125 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8126 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8127 if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
8128 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8129 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8133 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8134 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8135 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8136 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8139 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8140 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8142 Define the C preprocessor variable @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim).
8143 @var{value} should not contain literal newlines, and if you are not
8144 using @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} it should not contain any @samp{#}
8145 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell variable,
8146 use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8147 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8148 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8149 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8150 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8151 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8154 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8158 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8159 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8160 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8161 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8163 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8164 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8167 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8168 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8169 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8170 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8171 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8172 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8173 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8174 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8175 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8178 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8179 [Configuration machine file.])
8180 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8181 [getgroups return type.])
8182 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8183 [Translated header name.])
8187 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8188 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8189 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8190 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8191 newlines. That is, do this:
8194 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8195 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8202 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8203 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8204 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8211 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8212 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8215 @node Setting Output Variables
8216 @section Setting Output Variables
8217 @cindex Output variables
8219 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8220 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8221 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8222 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8223 variables that are always available.
8225 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8227 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8228 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8229 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8230 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8231 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8232 is called. The value can contain newlines.
8233 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8234 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8235 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8236 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so the substituted value cannot contain
8239 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8241 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8242 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8245 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8246 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8247 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8248 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8249 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8250 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8251 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8252 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8253 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8254 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8255 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8256 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8257 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8258 the terminating newline.
8260 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8261 special dependencies or other @code{make} directives for particular host
8262 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8266 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8267 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8271 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8277 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8278 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8281 @cindex Previous Variable
8282 @cindex Variable, Precious
8283 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8284 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8285 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8286 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8287 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8288 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8289 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8290 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8293 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8294 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8295 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8297 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8299 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8300 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8302 Being precious means that
8305 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8308 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8309 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8310 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8311 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8312 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8313 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8315 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8316 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8317 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8318 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8322 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8323 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8326 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8327 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8328 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8329 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8331 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8332 `rm config.cache' and start over
8336 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8340 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8341 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8342 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8345 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure undeclared_var=raboof --silent}
8346 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8347 running /bin/sh ./configure undeclared_var=raboof --silent \
8348 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8353 @node Special Chars in Variables
8354 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8355 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8357 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8358 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8359 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8360 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8363 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8366 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8367 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8368 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8369 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8370 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8372 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8373 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8374 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8375 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8376 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8379 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8381 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8384 @node Caching Results
8385 @section Caching Results
8388 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8389 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8390 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8391 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8392 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8393 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8394 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8395 perform all of the checks every time.
8397 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8399 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8400 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8401 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8402 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8403 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8404 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8405 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8406 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8407 @var{cache-id} variable.
8409 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8410 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8413 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8414 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8415 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
8416 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
8417 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
8418 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
8419 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
8421 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8422 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8425 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
8426 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
8427 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
8428 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
8429 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
8430 instance, the following macro is broken:
8434 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8435 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [ac_cv_shell_true_works],
8436 [ac_cv_shell_true_works=no
8437 (true) 2>/dev/null && ac_cv_shell_true_works=yes
8438 if test "$ac_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8439 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8440 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8447 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
8448 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
8453 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8454 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [ac_cv_shell_true_works],
8455 [ac_cv_shell_true_works=no
8456 (true) 2>/dev/null && ac_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
8457 if test "$ac_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8458 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8459 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8465 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
8466 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
8467 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
8468 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
8469 running the shell commands.
8472 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
8473 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
8474 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
8477 @node Cache Variable Names
8478 @subsection Cache Variable Names
8479 @cindex Cache variable
8481 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
8484 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
8488 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
8489 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
8492 @item @var{package-prefix}
8493 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
8494 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
8495 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
8499 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
8500 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
8503 @item @var{value-type}
8504 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
8505 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
8507 @item @var{specific-value}
8508 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
8509 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
8510 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
8512 @item @var{additional-options}
8513 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
8514 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
8515 be omitted if it does not apply.
8518 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
8519 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
8520 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
8523 @subsection Cache Files
8525 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
8526 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
8527 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
8528 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
8530 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
8531 to avoid problems caused by accidental
8532 use of stale cache files.
8534 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
8535 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
8536 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
8537 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
8538 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
8539 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
8540 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
8541 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
8543 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
8544 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
8545 @command{configure}.
8547 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
8548 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
8549 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
8550 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
8551 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
8553 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
8554 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
8555 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
8556 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
8557 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
8558 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
8559 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
8561 @node Cache Checkpointing
8562 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
8564 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
8565 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
8566 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
8567 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
8568 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
8570 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
8571 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
8572 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
8573 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
8574 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
8577 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
8578 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
8579 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
8580 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
8581 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
8587 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
8589 # Checks for programs.
8592 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
8597 # Checks for libraries.
8598 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
8599 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
8600 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
8605 # Might abort@dots{}
8606 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8607 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8609 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
8612 @node Printing Messages
8613 @section Printing Messages
8614 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
8616 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
8617 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
8618 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
8619 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
8620 substitution on them.
8622 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
8623 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
8624 Descriptor Macros}).
8625 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
8626 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
8627 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
8628 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
8631 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
8632 @ref{Reporting Messages}.
8634 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
8635 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
8636 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
8637 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
8638 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
8639 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
8640 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
8641 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
8644 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8645 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8648 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
8649 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
8650 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
8651 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
8652 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
8653 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
8654 the completion of the message printed by the call to
8655 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
8657 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8658 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8661 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
8662 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
8663 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
8664 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
8668 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
8671 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8672 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8675 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
8677 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
8678 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
8679 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (1 by default).
8680 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
8683 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
8684 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
8687 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
8688 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
8689 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
8690 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
8691 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
8692 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
8695 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
8697 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
8698 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
8699 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
8700 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
8701 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
8707 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
8709 @node Programming in M4
8710 @chapter Programming in M4
8713 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
8714 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
8715 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
8717 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers are still experimental,
8718 and their interface might change in the future. As a matter of fact,
8719 @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
8722 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
8723 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
8724 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
8725 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
8726 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
8730 @section M4 Quotation
8731 @cindex M4 quotation
8734 @c FIXME: Grmph, yet another quoting myth: quotation has *never*
8735 @c prevented `expansion' of $1. Unless it refers to the expansion
8736 @c of the value of $1? Anyway, we need a rewrite here@enddots{}
8738 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
8739 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
8740 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
8741 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
8742 former helps one to follow the latter.
8745 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
8746 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
8747 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
8748 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
8749 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
8750 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
8753 @node Active Characters
8754 @subsection Active Characters
8756 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
8757 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
8758 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
8759 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
8760 and finally @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by
8763 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
8764 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
8765 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
8767 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
8768 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
8772 # define([def], ine)
8773 @result{}# define([def], ine)
8776 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
8777 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
8783 @result{}int tab[10];
8786 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
8790 define([array], [int tab[10];])
8798 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
8802 @node One Macro Call
8803 @subsection One Macro Call
8805 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
8806 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
8813 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
8814 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
8815 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
8816 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
8823 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
8824 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
8825 robust and also advocate perfect style.
8827 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
8833 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
8834 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
8837 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
8841 @error{}EOF in argument list
8844 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
8845 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
8852 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
8859 Here are more examples:
8882 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
8886 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
8887 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
8889 The examples below use the following macros:
8893 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
8894 define([array], [int tab[10]])
8897 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
8898 interesting quotations:
8909 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
8910 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
8911 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
8919 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
8920 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
8928 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
8929 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
8937 exactly as we already saw above.
8939 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
8946 car([[int tab[10];]])
8947 @result{}int tab[10];
8951 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
8952 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
8953 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
8954 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
8955 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
8956 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
8959 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
8960 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
8961 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
8965 define([qar], [[$1]])
8969 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
8973 @result{}int tab[10];
8977 Ahhh! That's much better.
8979 But note what you've done: now that the arguments are literal strings,
8980 if the user wants to use the results of expansions as arguments, she has
8981 to use an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
8989 where she wanted to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
8997 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9001 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9003 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9005 @error{}EOF in argument list
9008 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9009 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9010 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9011 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9012 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9013 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9015 @node Changequote is Evil
9016 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9017 @cindex @code{changequote}
9019 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9020 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9021 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9022 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9024 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9025 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9026 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9027 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9028 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9029 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9030 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), because of literal characters in usual
9031 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9032 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9033 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9034 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9035 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9036 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9037 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9038 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9040 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9041 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9042 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9043 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9044 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9045 default, the parenthesis around arguments, etc.).
9047 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9048 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9049 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9050 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9051 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9053 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9057 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9058 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9059 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9060 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9061 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9062 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9063 the one they were implemented with.
9065 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9070 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9071 @cindex quadrigraphs
9072 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9073 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9074 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9075 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9076 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9077 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9079 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9080 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9081 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9082 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9083 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9086 You can work around this problem by using one of the following
9102 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9103 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9104 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9105 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9107 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9110 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9112 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9114 @item to produce other quadrigraphs
9116 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}.
9118 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9120 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9121 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9122 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9125 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9128 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9129 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9130 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9131 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9132 have looked like something like:
9135 char const mt[] = "";
9139 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9141 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9142 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9143 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9146 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9147 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9149 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9151 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9153 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9154 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9155 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9156 @emph{the arguments}!
9158 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9162 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9164 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9165 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9167 changequote([, ])dnl
9168 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9172 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9173 double quoting, so you just need:
9178 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9179 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9182 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9183 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9187 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9188 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9189 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9190 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9192 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9195 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9197 changequote([, ])dnl
9207 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
9208 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
9211 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
9213 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9214 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9216 [atoi (*tzname);])],
9217 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9218 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9221 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
9222 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
9224 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
9225 where quoting does not suffice.
9227 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
9228 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
9229 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
9230 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
9232 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
9233 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
9234 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
9235 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
9236 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
9237 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
9240 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
9242 @node Using autom4te
9243 @section Using @command{autom4te}
9245 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
9246 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
9247 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
9248 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
9250 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
9254 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
9255 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
9258 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
9259 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
9262 @node autom4te Invocation
9263 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
9265 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
9268 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
9273 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
9274 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
9276 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
9277 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
9278 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
9279 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
9282 @item @var{file}.m4f
9283 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
9284 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
9287 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
9288 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
9293 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
9298 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
9302 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
9306 Report processing steps.
9310 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
9312 @item --include=@var{dir}
9314 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
9317 @item --output=@var{file}
9318 @itemx -o @var{file}
9319 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
9320 for the standard output.
9325 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
9328 @item --warnings=@var{category}
9329 @itemx -W @var{category}
9331 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
9332 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
9333 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
9334 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
9339 report all the warnings
9345 treats warnings as errors
9347 @item no-@var{category}
9348 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
9351 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
9352 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
9353 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
9354 behaves as if you had run:
9357 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
9361 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
9362 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
9363 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
9366 @cindex Macro invocation stack
9367 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
9368 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
9372 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
9373 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
9374 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
9375 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
9378 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9382 is roughly equivalent to running:
9385 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
9392 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9399 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
9404 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
9405 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
9406 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
9407 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
9408 this option takes no argument:
9411 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
9418 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
9421 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
9422 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
9423 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
9429 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
9430 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
9431 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
9432 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
9433 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
9434 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
9435 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
9436 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
9437 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
9438 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
9439 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
9440 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
9441 considers it is trashed).
9444 @item --cache=@var{directory}
9445 @itemx -C @var{directory}
9446 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
9447 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
9448 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
9451 Don't cache the results.
9455 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
9460 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
9461 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
9462 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
9465 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9466 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9467 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
9468 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
9469 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
9470 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
9473 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
9474 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
9475 use the following special escapes:
9479 The character @samp{$}.
9482 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
9485 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
9488 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
9489 you probably don't want to know about.
9492 The name of the @var{macro}.
9495 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
9499 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
9500 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
9501 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
9502 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
9506 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
9507 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
9511 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
9512 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
9513 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
9515 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
9516 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
9520 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
9522 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
9523 @itemx -p @var{macro}
9524 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
9525 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
9526 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
9527 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
9528 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
9529 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
9534 @cindex Autom4te Library
9535 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
9536 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
9537 sets of combined command line arguments:
9540 @item --language=@var{language}
9541 @itemx -l @var{language}
9542 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
9546 create M4sugar output.
9549 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
9552 create Autotest executable test suites.
9554 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
9555 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
9556 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
9559 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
9560 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
9561 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
9564 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
9566 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
9567 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
9571 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
9572 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
9573 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
9574 strictly equivalent to the command:
9577 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
9578 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
9582 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
9583 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
9587 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
9588 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
9592 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
9594 @node Customizing autom4te
9595 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
9597 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
9598 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
9599 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
9600 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
9601 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
9603 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
9604 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
9605 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
9606 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
9608 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
9609 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
9610 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
9611 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
9614 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
9615 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
9618 ## ------------------ ##
9619 ## User Preferences. ##
9620 ## ------------------ ##
9622 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
9624 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
9628 @node Programming in M4sugar
9629 @section Programming in M4sugar
9632 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
9633 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
9634 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
9638 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
9639 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
9640 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
9641 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
9642 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
9645 @node Redefined M4 Macros
9646 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
9669 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
9670 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
9671 @code{m4_define} etc.
9673 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
9678 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
9681 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro})
9683 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9684 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
9687 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
9689 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
9692 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
9693 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
9694 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
9696 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}.
9699 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
9700 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
9703 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
9706 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
9708 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
9709 is kept for future versions of M4sh, on top of @acronym{GNU} M4 which will
9710 provide extended regular expression syntax via @code{epatsubst}.
9713 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro})
9715 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9716 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
9719 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
9721 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
9722 is kept for future versions of M4sh, on top of @acronym{GNU} M4 which will
9723 provide extended regular expression syntax via @code{eregexp}.
9726 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
9728 This macro corresponds to @code{m4wrap}.
9730 Posix requires arguments of multiple @code{m4wrap} calls to be
9731 reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order as the original calls.
9732 @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x, however, reprocess them in
9733 reverse order. Your code should not depend on the order.
9735 Also, Posix requires @code{m4wrap} to ignore its second and succeeding
9736 arguments, but @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x concatenate the
9737 arguments with intervening spaces. Your code should not pass more than
9740 You are encouraged to end @var{text} with @samp{[]}, to avoid unexpected
9741 token pasting between consecutive invocations of @code{m4_wrap}, as in:
9744 m4_define([foo], [bar])
9745 m4_define([foofoo], [OUCH])
9752 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro})
9754 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9758 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
9762 to recover the behavior of the builtin.
9767 @node Looping constructs
9768 @subsection Looping constructs
9770 The following macros implement loops in M4.
9772 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @var{expression})
9774 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
9775 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
9776 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
9777 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
9778 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
9782 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
9784 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
9785 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
9789 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
9796 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
9798 Loop over the whitespace-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
9799 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}.
9801 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
9802 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
9807 @node Evaluation Macros
9808 @subsection Evaluation Macros
9810 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
9811 by adding or removing levels of quotes. They are meant for hard-core M4
9814 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
9816 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
9819 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
9821 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
9825 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between (i), not
9826 using these macros, (ii), using @code{m4_quote}, and (iii), using
9830 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
9831 # Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
9832 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
9835 show(m4_quote(a, b))
9836 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
9837 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
9838 $1 = a, $@@ = [a],[b]
9839 $1 = a,b, $@@ = [a,b]
9840 $1 = [a],[b], $@@ = [[a],[b]]
9845 @node Text processing Macros
9846 @subsection Text processing Macros
9848 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4.
9849 They are not intended for casual use.
9851 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
9853 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
9857 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
9858 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
9861 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
9865 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @ovar{regexp})
9867 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
9868 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
9869 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
9870 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
9873 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
9875 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
9876 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces and tabs with a
9880 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
9881 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
9883 @msindex{append_uniq}
9884 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
9885 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
9886 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
9887 added. @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and
9888 @code{m4_append_uniq} to grow strings without duplicating substrings.
9893 @node Forbidden Patterns
9894 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
9895 @cindex Forbidden patterns
9896 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
9898 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
9899 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
9900 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
9901 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
9902 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
9904 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
9906 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
9907 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
9908 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
9909 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
9910 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
9911 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
9912 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
9913 the author of this documentation, as @samp{#}-comments should document
9914 the output, not the input, documented by @samp{dnl} comments).
9917 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
9918 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
9920 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
9921 @msindex{pattern_allow}
9922 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
9923 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
9926 @node Programming in M4sh
9927 @section Programming in M4sh
9929 @c FIXME: Eventually will become a chapter, as it is not related to
9930 @c programming in M4 per se.
9932 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
9933 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
9934 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
9937 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
9938 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
9942 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
9946 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
9949 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
9954 For the time being, it is not mature enough to be widely used.
9956 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
9957 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
9959 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
9961 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
9963 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
9964 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
9965 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
9969 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
9970 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
9971 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
9972 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
9973 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
9974 implementation-specific actions.
9977 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
9979 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
9980 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
9981 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
9984 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
9986 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
9987 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
9988 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
9991 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
9993 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
9994 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
9995 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
9996 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false1}
9997 is empty. For example,
10000 AS_IF([test "$foo" = yes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
10001 [test "$foo" != no], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
10002 [echo foo not specified])
10006 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
10007 are expanded before the first test.
10010 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
10012 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
10013 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}},
10014 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
10015 lack support for the @option{-p} option. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P}
10016 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
10017 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
10018 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
10021 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
10024 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
10025 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
10026 Initialize the shell suitably for @code{configure} scripts. This has
10027 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
10028 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
10029 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
10030 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
10033 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
10035 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
10039 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
10041 echo "#define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
10045 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
10047 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
10050 # This outputs "Have it!".
10051 header="sys/some file.h"
10052 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
10053 if test "$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = yes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
10057 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
10058 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
10059 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
10060 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
10061 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
10065 @node File Descriptor Macros
10066 @section File Descriptor Macros
10068 @cindex standard input
10069 @cindex file descriptors
10070 @cindex descriptors
10071 @cindex low-level output
10072 @cindex output, low-level
10074 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
10075 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
10079 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10080 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
10081 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
10085 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
10086 level macros as described below.
10088 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
10089 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
10090 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
10091 Normally this directs messages to the standard output, however when
10092 @command{configure} is run with the @option{-q} option, messages sent to
10093 @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} are discarded.
10095 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
10096 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
10097 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
10100 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10101 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
10103 The file descriptor for messages logged to @file{config.log}. Macros
10104 that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
10105 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
10106 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
10109 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
10110 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
10111 The file descriptor for the original standard input.
10113 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
10114 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
10115 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
10116 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
10117 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
10118 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
10119 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
10122 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
10123 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
10124 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
10128 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
10130 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
10131 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
10133 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
10134 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
10135 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
10138 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
10139 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
10140 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
10141 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
10142 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
10143 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
10146 @node Macro Definitions
10147 @section Macro Definitions
10150 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
10151 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro. In addition to
10152 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
10153 constrain the order in which macros are called (@pxref{Prerequisite
10156 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
10159 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
10162 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
10163 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
10164 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
10166 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
10167 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
10168 been previously defined.
10170 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
10171 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
10172 the prototype. For example:
10175 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
10176 # --------------------------------------
10177 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
10178 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
10179 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
10182 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
10183 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
10184 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
10187 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
10188 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
10189 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
10190 through the next newline.
10192 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
10193 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
10194 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10198 @section Macro Names
10200 All of the Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names starting with
10201 @samp{AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with other
10202 text. All shell variables that they use for internal purposes have
10203 mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. To ensure that your
10204 macros don't conflict with present or future Autoconf macros, you should
10205 prefix your own macro names and any shell variables they use with some
10206 other sequence. Possibilities include your initials, or an abbreviation
10207 for the name of your organization or software package.
10209 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
10210 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
10211 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
10212 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
10213 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
10216 The first word of the name after @samp{AC_} usually tells the category
10217 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
10218 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
10219 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
10220 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
10224 C language builtin features.
10226 Declarations of C variables in header files.
10228 Functions in libraries.
10230 Posix group owners of files.
10236 Absolute names of files, including programs.
10238 The base names of programs.
10240 Members of aggregates.
10242 Operating system features.
10244 C builtin or declared types.
10246 C variables in libraries.
10249 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
10250 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
10251 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU} checks whether
10252 the @code{fnmatch} function supports @acronym{GNU} extensions.
10254 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
10255 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
10256 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
10257 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
10258 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
10259 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
10260 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
10262 @node Reporting Messages
10263 @section Reporting Messages
10264 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
10266 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10267 they should report them using these macros. For dynamic issues, i.e.,
10268 when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10270 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
10272 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10273 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. You are
10274 encouraged to use standard categories, which currently include:
10278 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10279 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10282 related to cross compilation issues.
10285 use of an obsolete construct.
10288 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10292 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
10294 Equivalent to @samp{AC_DIAGNOSE([syntax], @var{message})}, but you are
10295 strongly encouraged to use a finer grained category.
10298 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
10300 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
10303 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
10304 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and @code{AC_WARNING} are reported as error, see
10305 @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
10307 @node Dependencies Between Macros
10308 @section Dependencies Between Macros
10309 @cindex Dependencies between macros
10311 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
10312 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
10313 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
10314 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
10317 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
10318 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
10319 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
10322 @node Prerequisite Macros
10323 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
10324 @cindex Prerequisite macros
10325 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
10327 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
10328 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
10329 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
10330 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
10333 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
10334 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
10335 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
10336 called if it is needed, and only called once.
10338 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
10340 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
10341 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
10342 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
10343 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
10344 that it has been called.
10346 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
10347 must not be called from the top level.
10350 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
10351 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
10352 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
10353 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
10354 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
10355 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
10356 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
10360 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
10361 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
10362 dance_floor=occupied])
10363 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
10364 [test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
10365 dance_floor=occupied])
10369 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
10370 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
10371 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
10372 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
10378 with this @file{configure.ac}
10381 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
10382 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
10383 if test "$dance_floor" = occupied; then
10384 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
10389 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
10390 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
10394 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
10395 dance_floor=occupied
10396 test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
10397 dance_floor=occupied
10399 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
10406 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
10407 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
10408 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
10413 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
10420 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
10421 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
10422 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged to put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
10423 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
10426 @node Suggested Ordering
10427 @subsection Suggested Ordering
10428 @cindex Macros, ordering
10429 @cindex Ordering macros
10431 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
10432 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
10433 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
10434 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
10437 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
10438 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
10439 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
10440 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
10441 @command{configure}.
10443 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
10444 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
10445 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
10446 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
10449 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
10453 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
10454 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
10456 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
10458 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
10459 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
10460 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
10461 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
10462 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
10463 that it has been called.
10466 @node One-Shot Macros
10467 @subsection One-Shot Macros
10468 @cindex One-shot macros
10469 @cindex Macros, called once
10471 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
10472 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
10473 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
10474 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
10475 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
10476 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
10478 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
10479 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
10481 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
10482 Definitions}), and emit a warning any time the macro is called more than
10486 Obviously it is not sensible to evaluate a macro defined by
10487 @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} in a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
10488 Most of the time you want to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite
10491 @node Obsoleting Macros
10492 @section Obsoleting Macros
10493 @cindex Obsoleting macros
10494 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
10496 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
10497 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
10498 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
10499 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
10500 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
10501 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
10502 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
10503 with their modern implementation.
10505 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
10507 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
10509 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
10510 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
10511 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
10513 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
10514 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
10515 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
10516 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
10517 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
10519 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
10520 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
10521 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
10522 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
10523 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
10526 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
10528 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
10529 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
10533 @section Coding Style
10534 @cindex Coding style
10536 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
10537 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
10538 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
10540 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
10541 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
10543 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
10544 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
10545 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
10546 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
10547 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
10550 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
10553 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
10554 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
10555 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
10556 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
10557 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
10558 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
10559 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
10560 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
10561 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
10562 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
10563 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
10565 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
10566 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
10567 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
10568 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
10569 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
10572 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
10573 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
10574 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
10575 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
10576 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
10579 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
10580 Use this feature to
10581 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
10582 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
10585 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
10587 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
10588 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10595 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
10596 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
10597 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10598 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10605 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
10607 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
10608 [return __EMX__;])],
10609 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10610 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10613 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
10614 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
10616 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
10617 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
10621 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
10628 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
10632 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
10633 For the same reasons, avoid:
10643 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
10647 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
10648 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
10649 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
10650 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
10651 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
10652 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
10653 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
10654 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
10656 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
10657 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
10658 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
10659 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
10660 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
10661 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
10662 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
10663 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
10664 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
10665 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
10667 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
10668 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
10669 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
10670 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
10671 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
10672 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
10673 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
10675 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
10676 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
10677 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
10678 room for further arguments.
10680 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
10681 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
10682 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
10683 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
10684 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
10685 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
10686 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
10687 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
10688 macro output. For example, instead of:
10691 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
10692 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
10694 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
10695 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
10703 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
10704 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
10705 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
10706 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
10707 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
10712 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
10713 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
10714 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
10715 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
10718 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
10719 written the old way:
10722 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
10724 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
10725 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
10726 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
10727 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
10728 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes])
10737 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
10738 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
10739 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
10740 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
10741 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10742 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10743 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
10750 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
10752 @node Portable Shell
10753 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
10754 @cindex Portable shell programming
10756 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
10757 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
10758 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
10759 have evolved over the years, but to prevent trouble, do not take
10760 advantage of features that were added after Unix version 7, circa
10761 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}).
10763 You should not use shell functions, aliases, negated character
10764 classes, or other features that are not found in all Bourne-compatible
10765 shells; restrict yourself to the lowest common denominator. Even
10766 @code{unset} is not supported by all shells!
10768 Some ancient systems have quite
10769 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
10770 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
10771 A few ancient 4.2@acronym{BSD} based systems (such as Dynix circa 1984)
10772 required a single space between the @samp{#!} and the @samp{/}.
10773 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
10775 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
10776 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
10777 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
10778 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
10779 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
10782 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
10783 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
10785 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
10786 specification for the Posix
10787 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02.html, Shell
10788 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
10789 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
10790 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
10793 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
10794 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
10795 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
10796 * File System Conventions:: File names
10797 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
10798 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
10799 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
10800 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
10801 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
10802 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
10803 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
10807 @section Shellology
10810 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
10811 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
10812 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
10813 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
10814 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
10815 comparison between several of them.
10817 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
10822 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
10823 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
10824 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
10825 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
10826 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
10828 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
10832 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
10833 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
10839 echo "Do not use it: $?"
10841 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
10845 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
10852 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
10853 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
10854 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
10859 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
10860 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
10861 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
10862 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
10863 Manual}, for details.
10865 @item Bash 2.05 and later
10866 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
10867 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
10868 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
10869 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
10870 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
10871 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
10872 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
10877 @prindex @samp{ksh}
10878 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
10879 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
10880 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
10881 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
10882 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
10883 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
10884 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
10886 Solaris systems have three variants:
10887 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
10888 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
10889 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
10890 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
10891 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
10892 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
10893 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
10894 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
10895 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
10896 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
10897 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
10900 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
10901 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
10902 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
10903 the standard shell conform to Posix.
10906 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
10907 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
10908 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
10909 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
10910 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
10911 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
10912 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of February 2006)
10913 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
10914 at least one respect:
10917 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
10919 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
10920 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
10924 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
10925 reason why portable shell code should not contain
10926 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
10931 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
10932 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
10933 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
10934 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
10935 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
10936 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
10938 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
10939 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
10942 The following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth
10949 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
10950 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
10951 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
10952 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
10953 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
10954 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
10962 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
10963 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
10964 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
10966 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
10967 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
10970 @node Here-Documents
10971 @section Here-Documents
10972 @cindex Here-documents
10973 @cindex Shell here-documents
10975 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
10976 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
10977 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
10978 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
10979 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
10981 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
10997 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
11004 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
11005 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
11006 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
11007 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
11008 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
11009 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
11010 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
11011 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
11012 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
11013 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
11014 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was fixed in
11015 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
11016 still shipping older versions with the bug.
11018 Many older shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
11019 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
11020 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
11021 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
11025 if <cross_compiling>; then
11026 assume this and that
11030 check something else
11038 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
11039 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
11040 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
11041 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
11042 that can take the shell forever.
11044 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
11045 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
11046 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
11047 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
11048 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
11049 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
11050 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
11051 executing the macro at all.
11053 @node File Descriptors
11054 @section File Descriptors
11055 @cindex Descriptors
11056 @cindex File descriptors
11057 @cindex Shell file descriptors
11059 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
11060 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
11061 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
11064 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11066 + eval echo foo >&2
11069 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11071 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
11074 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11075 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
11077 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
11083 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
11086 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
11087 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
11088 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
11092 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
11094 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
11098 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
11099 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
11100 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
11101 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
11103 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
11104 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
11106 Don't redirect the same file descriptor several times, as you are doomed
11107 to failure under Ultrix.
11110 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
11112 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
11114 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
11116 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
11117 Ambiguous output redirect.
11121 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
11122 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty.
11124 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
11125 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
11126 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
11127 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
11128 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does it even for
11131 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
11132 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
11133 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
11134 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
11135 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
11138 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
11160 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
11161 descriptor 5 is closed.
11163 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
11164 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
11165 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
11167 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
11168 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
11169 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
11170 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
11171 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
11172 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
11173 other file descriptors.
11175 @node File System Conventions
11176 @section File System Conventions
11177 @cindex File system conventions
11179 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
11180 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
11181 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
11185 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
11188 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
11189 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
11190 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
11191 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
11194 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
11195 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
11198 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
11199 they should be avoided.
11201 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
11202 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
11203 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
11204 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
11205 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
11206 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
11209 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
11210 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
11211 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
11214 For example, the following code:
11221 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11226 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
11227 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
11228 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
11229 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
11230 you can check for absolute file names like this:
11234 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
11237 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11242 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
11243 first character (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}).
11245 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
11246 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
11247 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
11248 to the appropriate value (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it starts up.
11250 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
11251 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
11252 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
11253 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
11254 can be easily detected by the
11255 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/non-gnu/doschk/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
11258 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
11259 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
11260 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
11261 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
11262 Microsoft Windows variants.
11265 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
11266 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
11267 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
11268 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
11270 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
11273 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
11274 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
11279 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
11280 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
11281 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
11284 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
11285 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
11289 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
11290 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
11291 not important for @command{autoconf}.
11293 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
11294 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
11295 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
11296 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
11297 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
11298 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
11300 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
11301 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
11302 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
11303 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
11304 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
11305 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
11306 @file{foo.bartender}.
11308 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
11310 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
11311 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
11312 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
11313 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
11316 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
11317 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
11318 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
11319 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
11320 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
11321 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
11323 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
11324 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
11325 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
11326 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
11327 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
11328 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
11329 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
11333 @node Shell Substitutions
11334 @section Shell Substitutions
11335 @cindex Shell substitutions
11337 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
11338 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
11339 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
11340 For instance, the following code:
11343 case "$given_srcdir" in
11344 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's,/$,,'`" ;;
11345 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
11350 is more readable when written as:
11353 case $given_srcdir in
11354 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's,/$,,'` ;;
11355 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
11360 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
11361 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
11362 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
11363 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
11364 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
11365 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
11369 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
11370 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
11371 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
11372 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
11373 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
11374 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
11375 like Digital Unix 5.0.
11377 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
11378 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
11379 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
11380 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
11383 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
11384 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
11387 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
11394 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
11395 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
11396 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
11397 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
11400 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
11403 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
11404 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
11408 cat conftest.c "$@@"
11411 you can use this instead:
11415 0) cat conftest.c;;
11416 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
11420 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
11421 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
11422 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
11423 persists for any length of time.
11427 @cindex positional parameters
11428 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
11429 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
11430 @code{$@{10@}}, and
11431 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
11434 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
11435 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
11439 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
11440 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
11441 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
11442 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
11443 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
11445 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
11446 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
11450 : $@{var='Some words'@}
11454 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
11455 of a ``bad substitution''.
11459 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
11460 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
11461 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
11462 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
11467 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
11470 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
11473 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
11479 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
11480 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
11481 using double quotes.
11483 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
11484 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
11490 : $@{var="$default"@}
11494 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
11495 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
11496 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
11497 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
11500 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
11509 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
11512 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
11516 : $@{list="$default"@}
11523 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
11524 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
11525 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
11527 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
11528 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
11529 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
11532 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
11533 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
11536 list=$@{list="$default"@}
11540 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
11544 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
11548 @item `@var{commands}`
11549 @cindex `@var{commands}`
11550 @cindex Command Substitution
11551 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
11552 output before substituting it, so assignments like
11553 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
11554 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
11556 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
11557 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
11558 subshell to perform the command.
11560 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
11561 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
11566 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
11571 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
11573 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
11574 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substution
11575 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
11576 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
11579 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
11580 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
11581 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
11585 @item $(@var{commands})
11586 @cindex $(@var{commands})
11587 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
11588 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
11590 This construct can be
11591 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
11592 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
11593 releases of Solaris don't support it:
11596 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
11597 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121004-01 Oct 2005
11598 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
11599 syntax error: `(' unexpected
11603 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
11606 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
11607 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
11611 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
11612 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
11613 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
11614 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
11615 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
11617 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
11618 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
11619 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
11620 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
11623 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
11628 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
11629 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
11635 @section Assignments
11636 @cindex Shell assignments
11638 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
11639 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
11640 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
11642 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
11644 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
11647 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
11651 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
11655 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
11658 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
11659 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
11662 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
11664 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
11669 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
11673 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
11677 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
11681 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
11685 : $@{var='my literal'@}
11689 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
11690 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
11691 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
11694 : $@{var="$default"@}
11698 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
11699 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
11703 var=$@{var="$default"@}
11707 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
11710 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
11714 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
11715 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
11716 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
11720 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
11721 @cindex Shell parentheses
11723 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as some shell
11724 implementations mishandle them. For example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14
11725 misparses the following code:
11728 if ((true) || false); then
11734 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
11735 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
11736 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
11738 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
11739 parentheses like this:
11743 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
11748 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many older Bourne
11749 shell implementations. It can be omitted safely.
11752 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
11753 @cindex Shell slashes
11755 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
11756 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
11759 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
11762 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
11765 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
11771 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
11772 it's not worth worrying about working around this horrendous bug.
11774 @node Special Shell Variables
11775 @section Special Shell Variables
11776 @cindex Shell variables
11777 @cindex Special shell variables
11779 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
11780 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
11781 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset, but
11782 @command{unset} is not portable (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}) and a
11783 fallback value is needed.
11785 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
11786 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
11787 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
11788 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
11789 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
11791 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
11792 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
11793 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
11796 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
11799 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
11800 the last command executed.
11804 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
11805 the standard shell conform to Posix.
11806 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
11810 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
11811 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
11812 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
11813 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
11814 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
11815 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
11816 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
11817 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
11818 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
11819 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
11821 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
11822 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
11825 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
11828 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
11829 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
11831 Autoconf-generated scripts automatically unset @env{CDPATH} if
11832 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
11836 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
11837 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
11838 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
11852 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
11853 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
11854 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
11855 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
11856 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
11857 this bug, Autoconf-generated scripts do something like this:
11860 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
11868 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
11869 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
11870 settings for @env{IFS}.
11872 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
11873 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
11874 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
11875 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
11878 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
11879 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
11880 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
11881 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
11882 to this and join with a space anyway.
11894 @evindex LC_COLLATE
11896 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
11897 @evindex LC_MONETARY
11898 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
11901 Autoconf-generated scripts normally set all these variables to
11902 @samp{C} because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and
11903 Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to
11904 @samp{C} if the C locale is desired. However, some older, nonstandard
11905 systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
11906 are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
11907 Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
11912 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
11913 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so
11914 Autoconf-generated scripts set it too.
11917 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
11918 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
11921 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
11922 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
11923 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
11924 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
11927 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
11929 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
11930 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
11931 etc.)@: as described above.
11934 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
11935 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
11936 Autoconf attempts to execute @command{configure} with a shell that
11937 supports @code{LINENO}.
11938 If no such shell is available, it attempts to implement @code{LINENO}
11939 with a Sed prepass that replaces each instance of the string
11940 @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric character) with the
11943 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}, as the
11944 behavior differs in practice. Also, the possibility of the Sed
11945 prepass means that you should not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted,
11946 when in here-documents, or when in long commands that cross line
11947 boundaries. Subshells should be OK, though. In the following
11948 example, lines 1, 6, and 9 are portable, but the other instances of
11949 @code{LINENO} are not:
11959 ( echo 6. $LINENO )
11960 eval 'echo 7. $LINENO'
11966 $ @kbd{bash-2.05 lineno}
11977 $ @kbd{zsh-3.0.6 lineno}
11988 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 lineno}
11999 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
12005 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
12008 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
12024 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
12025 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
12026 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
12027 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
12028 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
12029 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
12031 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
12032 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
12033 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
12034 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
12035 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
12036 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
12037 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
12038 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
12039 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
12043 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
12044 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
12045 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
12046 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
12047 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
12048 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
12049 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
12053 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
12054 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
12055 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
12056 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
12057 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
12058 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
12061 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
12062 hence read-only. Do not use it.
12065 @node Limitations of Builtins
12066 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
12067 @cindex Shell builtins
12068 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
12070 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
12072 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
12073 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
12074 starting with a dash. For instance, the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
12075 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
12076 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
12077 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe.
12081 @prindex @command{.}
12082 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
12083 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Also, remember that
12084 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes, so if
12085 you want to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current
12086 directory, you must use @samp{. ./foo}.
12089 @prindex @command{!}
12090 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
12091 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
12092 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
12093 Shell code like this:
12096 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
12097 echo files differ or trouble
12101 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
12105 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
12106 echo files differ or trouble
12109 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
12112 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
12115 @item @command{break}
12116 @c ------------------
12117 @prindex @command{break}
12118 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
12121 @item @command{case}
12122 @c -----------------
12123 @prindex @command{case}
12124 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
12126 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
12128 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
12129 handle backslashes in character classes:
12132 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
12137 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
12138 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
12139 bug, always put the backslash first:
12142 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12144 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12148 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
12151 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
12152 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
12153 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
12154 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
12155 have to be backslash-escaped:
12158 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
12160 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
12164 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
12166 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
12168 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
12169 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
12172 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
12174 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
12178 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
12179 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
12182 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
12183 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
12186 Many shells still do not support parenthesized cases, which is a pity
12187 for those of us using tools that rely on balanced parentheses. For
12188 instance, Solaris @command{/bin/sh}:
12191 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
12192 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
12198 @prindex @command{cd}
12199 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
12200 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
12201 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
12202 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
12203 @option{-P} behavior.
12205 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
12206 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
12207 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
12208 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
12209 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
12210 @command{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
12211 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
12212 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
12213 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
12215 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
12216 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
12217 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
12220 @item @command{echo}
12221 @c -----------------
12222 @prindex @command{echo}
12223 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
12224 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
12225 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. New applications
12226 which are not aiming at portability should use @samp{printf} instead of
12229 Don't expect any option. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, @code{ECHO_N}
12230 etc.@: for a means to simulate @option{-n}.
12232 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
12233 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
12234 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
12235 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
12236 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
12239 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
12240 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
12241 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
12242 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
12252 @item @command{eval}
12253 @c -----------------
12254 @prindex @command{eval}
12255 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
12256 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
12257 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
12258 alphanumeric. However, @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary
12259 arguments, even when it is implemented correctly.
12261 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
12262 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
12263 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
12264 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
12265 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
12266 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
12267 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
12268 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
12269 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
12270 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
12271 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
12272 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
12274 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
12275 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
12276 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
12277 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
12278 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
12279 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
12280 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
12281 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
12282 this problem is known.
12284 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
12285 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
12286 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
12287 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
12288 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
12291 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
12295 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
12296 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
12298 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
12299 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
12301 @item @command{exit}
12302 @c -----------------
12303 @prindex @command{exit}
12304 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
12305 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
12306 perform @samp{exit 0}.
12309 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
12311 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
12313 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
12317 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
12319 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
12320 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
12321 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
12322 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
12324 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
12325 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
12326 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
12327 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
12328 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
12331 @item @command{export}
12332 @c -------------------
12333 @prindex @command{export}
12334 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
12335 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
12336 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
12337 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
12338 variable marked as exported.
12340 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
12341 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
12342 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
12343 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
12344 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
12345 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
12356 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
12357 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
12358 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
12360 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
12364 @item @command{false}
12365 @c ------------------
12366 @prindex @command{false}
12367 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
12368 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
12371 @item @command{for}
12372 @c ----------------
12373 @prindex @command{for}
12374 To loop over positional arguments, use:
12384 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
12385 since some shells improperly grok:
12393 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
12394 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
12397 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
12403 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
12404 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
12405 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
12410 @prindex @command{if}
12411 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
12414 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
12423 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
12428 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
12431 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
12436 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
12437 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
12438 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
12441 if test -f "$file"; then
12442 install "$file" "$dest"
12449 @item @command{printf}
12450 @c ------------------
12451 @prindex @command{printf}
12452 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
12453 Bash (e.g., 2.05b) interprets it as an options argument and
12454 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
12455 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
12456 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
12457 or @samp{%s} is probably the easiest way to avoid doubt,
12464 @item @command{read}
12465 @c ------------------
12466 @prindex @command{read}
12467 Not all shells support @option{-r} (Solaris @command{/bin/sh} for example).
12470 @item @command{pwd}
12471 @c ----------------
12472 @prindex @command{pwd}
12473 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
12474 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
12475 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
12476 components are all directories.
12478 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
12479 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
12480 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
12481 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
12482 @option{-P} behavior.
12484 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
12485 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
12486 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
12487 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
12490 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
12491 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
12495 Logical names are what the user specified.
12497 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
12498 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
12500 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
12501 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
12505 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
12508 @item @command{set}
12509 @c ----------------
12510 @prindex @command{set}
12511 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
12512 any options) does not sort its output.
12514 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments starting with a
12515 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
12516 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
12517 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
12518 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
12519 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
12520 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
12521 @command{shift} to pop it out:
12524 set x $my_list; shift
12527 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
12528 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
12529 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
12530 makes scripts harder to debug.
12532 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
12533 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
12534 better to combine them:
12540 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
12541 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
12542 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
12543 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
12544 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
12545 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
12546 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
12547 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
12548 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
12549 wrapper works around the bug.
12551 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
12552 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
12553 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
12559 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
12562 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
12568 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
12569 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
12570 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
12573 @item @command{shift}
12574 @c ------------------
12575 @prindex @command{shift}
12576 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
12577 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
12578 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
12580 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; it was not in the 7th Edition Bourne shell,
12581 and it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
12584 @item @command{source}
12585 @c -------------------
12586 @prindex @command{source}
12587 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
12588 @command{.} instead.
12591 @item @command{test}
12592 @c -----------------
12593 @prindex @command{test}
12594 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
12595 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
12596 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
12599 If you need to make multiple checks using @code{test}, combine them with
12600 the shell operators @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead of using the
12601 @code{test} operators @option{-a} and @option{-o}. On System V, the
12602 precedence of @option{-a} and @option{-o} is wrong relative to the unary
12603 operators; consequently, Posix does not specify them, so using them
12604 is nonportable. If you combine @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same
12605 statement, keep in mind that they have equal precedence.
12607 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
12608 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
12609 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
12612 @item @command{test} (files)
12613 @c -------------------------
12614 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
12615 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
12616 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
12617 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
12618 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
12619 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
12620 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
12621 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
12622 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
12623 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
12625 @item @command{test} (strings)
12626 @c ---------------------------
12627 Avoid @samp{test "@var{string}"}, in particular if @var{string} might
12628 start with a dash, since @code{test} might interpret its argument as an
12629 option (e.g., @samp{@var{string} = "-n"}).
12631 Contrary to a common belief, @samp{test -n @var{string}} and
12632 @samp{test -z @var{string}} @strong{are} portable. Nevertheless many
12633 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
12634 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: have bizarre precedence and may be confused if
12635 @var{string} looks like an operator:
12639 test: argument expected
12642 If there are risks, use @samp{test "x@var{string}" = x} or @samp{test
12643 "x@var{string}" != x} instead.
12645 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
12648 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
12653 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
12654 should always be avoided by using:
12657 echo "$ac_feature" | grep '[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
12662 Use @code{case} where possible since it is faster, being a shell builtin:
12666 case $ac_feature in
12667 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
12671 Alas, negated character classes are probably not portable, although no
12672 shell is known to not support the Posix syntax @samp{[!@dots{}]}
12673 (when in interactive mode, @command{zsh} is confused by the
12674 @samp{[!@dots{}]} syntax and looks for an event in its history because of
12675 @samp{!}). Many shells do not support the alternative syntax
12676 @samp{[^@dots{}]} (Solaris, Digital Unix, etc.).
12678 One solution can be:
12681 expr "$ac_feature" : '.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
12689 expr "X$ac_feature" : '.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
12693 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
12694 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
12695 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
12698 @item @command{trap}
12699 @c -----------------
12700 @prindex @command{trap}
12701 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
12702 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
12703 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script).
12705 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
12706 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
12707 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
12708 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
12709 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
12710 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
12712 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
12713 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
12714 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
12715 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
12716 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
12717 @command{exit} itself?''
12719 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
12720 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
12721 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
12722 that the trap receives:
12725 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
12728 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
12730 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
12734 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
12735 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
12736 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
12737 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash.
12739 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
12740 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
12743 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
12751 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
12753 @item @command{true}
12754 @c -----------------
12755 @prindex @command{true}
12756 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
12757 @c @prindex @command{:}
12758 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
12759 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
12760 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
12761 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
12762 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
12765 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
12766 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
12767 for @command{true}.
12771 @item @command{unset}
12772 @c ------------------
12773 @prindex @command{unset}
12774 You cannot assume the support of @command{unset}. Nevertheless, because
12775 it is extremely useful to disable embarrassing variables such as
12776 @code{PS1}, you can test for its existence and use
12777 it @emph{provided} you give a neutralizing value when @command{unset} is
12781 if (unset FOO) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
12786 $unset PS1 || PS1='$ '
12789 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
12790 @ref{Limitations of Builtins}, documentation of @command{export}, for
12791 the case of environment variables.
12794 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
12795 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
12796 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
12798 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
12799 include some limitations you should be aware of.
12805 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
12806 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
12809 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
12810 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
12811 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
12812 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
12813 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
12814 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
12818 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
12822 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
12829 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
12832 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
12837 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one, mishandle anchors:
12840 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
12841 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
12843 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
12845 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
12850 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
12851 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
12853 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the the
12854 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
12856 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
12857 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
12858 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
12859 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
12860 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
12863 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
12866 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
12867 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @command{$AWK '@{print v
12868 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
12869 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
12872 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
12874 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
12875 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
12876 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
12878 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
12880 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp},
12881 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
12882 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
12884 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
12887 Traditional Awk @code{split} supports only two arguments.
12889 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99
12890 fields in a record. You may be able to circumvent this problem by using
12894 @item @command{basename}
12895 @c ---------------------
12896 @prindex @command{basename}
12897 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
12898 You can use @command{expr} instead.
12900 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
12902 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
12903 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
12904 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
12907 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
12908 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
12910 # This is not portable.
12911 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
12913 # This is more portable.
12914 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
12916 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
12922 @item @command{cat}
12923 @c ----------------
12924 @prindex @command{cat}
12925 Don't rely on any option.
12930 @prindex @command{cc}
12931 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
12932 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
12933 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
12934 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
12935 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
12936 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
12938 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
12939 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
12941 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
12942 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
12945 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
12948 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
12949 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
12950 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
12951 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
12952 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
12955 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
12956 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
12957 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
12958 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
12959 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
12960 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
12964 @item @command{chmod}
12965 @c ------------------
12966 @prindex @command{chmod}
12967 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
12968 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
12969 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
12970 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
12971 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
12972 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
12973 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
12974 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
12977 @item @command{cmp}
12978 @c ----------------
12979 @prindex @command{cmp}
12980 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
12981 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
12982 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
12983 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
12989 @prindex @command{cp}
12990 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
12991 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
12992 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
12993 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @command{cp -r}
12994 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
12996 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
12997 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
12998 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
12999 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
13000 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
13002 @c This is thanks to Ian.
13003 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
13004 its @command{mv} does.
13006 @cindex timestamp resolution
13007 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
13008 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
13009 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
13010 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
13011 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
13012 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
13013 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
13014 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
13015 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
13016 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
13017 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
13018 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
13019 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
13021 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
13022 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
13023 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
13024 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
13025 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
13028 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
13029 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
13030 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
13031 @acronym{BSD} changed this
13032 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
13033 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
13034 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
13036 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
13037 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
13038 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
13039 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
13040 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
13041 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
13045 @item @command{date}
13046 @c -----------------
13047 @prindex @command{date}
13048 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
13049 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
13050 and exit with success:
13054 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
13060 @item @command{diff}
13061 @c -----------------
13062 @prindex @command{diff}
13063 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
13065 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
13066 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
13069 @item @command{dirname}
13070 @c --------------------
13071 @prindex @command{dirname}
13072 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
13073 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
13076 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
13077 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
13081 @item @command{egrep}
13082 @c ------------------
13083 @prindex @command{egrep}
13084 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
13085 but many older hosts do not yet support the Posix
13086 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
13087 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
13088 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
13090 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
13091 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
13092 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
13094 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
13095 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
13098 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
13100 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
13102 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
13107 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}.
13109 @item @command{expr}
13110 @c -----------------
13111 @prindex @command{expr}
13112 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
13113 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
13114 misinterpreting @var{word}.
13116 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
13118 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13119 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13120 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
13121 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
13122 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
13129 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
13130 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
13131 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
13132 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
13133 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
13134 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
13138 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
13142 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
13145 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
13146 @c ----------------------------
13147 @prindex @command{expr}
13148 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
13149 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
13150 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
13151 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
13152 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13154 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
13155 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
13158 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
13159 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
13160 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
13161 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
13162 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
13164 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
13165 the empty string as a default value:
13168 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
13172 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
13173 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
13175 Ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
13176 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
13177 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
13178 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
13179 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
13180 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
13181 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
13183 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
13184 some cases. For example, the command
13186 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
13190 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
13191 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
13194 Don't leave, there is some more!
13196 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
13197 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
13198 when parentheses are used!
13201 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13203 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13206 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13208 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13213 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
13214 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
13215 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
13218 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
13222 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
13223 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
13224 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
13226 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
13227 can be interpreted that way:
13230 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
13235 @item @command{fgrep}
13236 @c ------------------
13237 @prindex @command{fgrep}
13238 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
13239 but many older hosts do not yet support the Posix
13240 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
13241 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
13242 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
13245 @item @command{find}
13246 @c -----------------
13247 @prindex @command{find}
13248 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
13249 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
13250 commands do not understand it.
13252 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
13253 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
13254 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
13258 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
13263 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
13266 @item @command{grep}
13267 @c -----------------
13268 @prindex @command{grep}
13269 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
13270 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
13271 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
13272 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
13273 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
13274 as Posix does not allow this.
13276 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
13277 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
13278 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
13279 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
13280 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
13281 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
13282 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
13283 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
13284 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
13285 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
13287 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
13288 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
13289 lines on the input before matching.
13291 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
13292 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
13293 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
13294 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
13297 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
13298 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
13306 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
13307 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
13309 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
13310 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
13311 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
13312 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
13313 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
13314 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
13317 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
13318 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
13319 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
13320 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
13321 portable scripts. Solaris @command{grep} does not support it.
13322 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13325 @item @command{join}
13326 @c -----------------
13327 @prindex @command{join}
13328 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
13329 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
13330 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
13337 cat file | join file -
13340 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
13345 @prindex @command{ln}
13346 @cindex Symbolic links
13347 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
13348 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
13350 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
13351 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
13352 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
13353 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
13354 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
13355 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
13356 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
13357 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
13358 for symbolic links.
13363 @prindex @command{ls}
13364 @cindex Listing directories
13365 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
13366 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
13367 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
13369 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
13370 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
13371 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
13372 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
13373 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
13374 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
13376 @item @command{mkdir}
13377 @c ------------------
13378 @prindex @command{mkdir}
13379 @cindex Making directories
13380 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
13381 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use use
13382 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
13383 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
13385 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
13386 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
13387 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
13388 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
13390 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
13391 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
13392 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
13393 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
13394 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
13395 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
13396 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
13397 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
13398 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
13399 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
13400 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
13401 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
13402 construct directories. You may use
13403 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
13404 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
13405 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
13408 @item @command{mktemp}
13409 @c -------------------
13410 @prindex @command{mktemp}
13411 @cindex Creating temporary files
13412 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
13413 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
13414 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
13415 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
13416 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
13417 gratuitously under attack.
13419 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
13422 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
13423 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
13424 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
13428 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
13430 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
13432 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
13433 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
13440 @prindex @command{mv}
13441 @cindex Moving open files
13442 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
13444 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
13446 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
13447 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
13448 @file{existing} actually exists.
13450 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
13451 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
13452 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
13453 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
13454 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
13455 a diagnostic without failing:
13458 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
13459 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
13460 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
13468 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
13470 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
13473 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
13474 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
13475 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
13480 @prindex @command{od}
13482 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
13483 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
13484 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
13485 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
13486 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
13487 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
13489 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
13494 @prindex @command{rm}
13495 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
13497 A file might not be be removed even if its parent directory is writable
13498 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
13499 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
13502 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
13503 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
13504 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
13507 @item @command{sed}
13508 @c ----------------
13509 @prindex @command{sed}
13510 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
13511 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
13512 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
13514 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
13515 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
13518 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
13520 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 8 characters and
13521 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
13522 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
13523 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
13524 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
13525 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
13526 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
13528 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
13529 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
13530 @samp{;} as a command:
13533 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
13534 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
13537 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
13538 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes.
13540 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
13541 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
13542 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
13543 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
13544 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
13545 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
13546 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13548 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
13550 Nested parenthesization in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) is
13551 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
13552 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
13554 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
13555 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
13556 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
13559 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
13561 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
13565 The @option{-e} option is portable.
13566 Some people prefer to use it:
13569 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
13570 -e '@var{command-2}'
13574 as opposed to the equivalent:
13584 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
13587 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
13590 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
13591 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
13592 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
13593 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
13596 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
13597 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
13598 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
13599 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
13600 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
13602 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
13603 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
13604 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
13606 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
13609 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
13610 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
13611 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
13614 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
13615 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
13616 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
13617 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
13618 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
13622 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
13623 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
13624 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
13626 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
13627 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
13628 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
13629 subsequent label name.
13631 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
13632 @c ---------------------------
13633 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
13634 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
13635 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
13636 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
13637 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
13640 s/keep me/kept/g # a
13676 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
13677 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
13678 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
13679 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
13680 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
13681 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
13682 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
13683 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
13684 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
13686 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
13687 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
13688 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
13689 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
13690 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
13692 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
13695 One portable implementation of the script above is:
13706 @item @command{touch}
13707 @c ------------------
13708 @prindex @command{touch}
13709 @cindex timestamp resolution
13710 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
13711 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
13712 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
13713 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
13715 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
13716 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
13717 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
13719 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
13720 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
13721 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
13722 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
13727 @node Portable Make
13728 @chapter Portable Make Programming
13729 @prindex @command{make}
13730 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
13732 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
13733 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
13734 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
13738 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
13739 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
13740 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
13741 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
13742 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
13743 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
13744 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
13745 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
13746 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
13747 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
13748 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
13749 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
13750 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
13751 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
13752 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
13755 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
13756 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
13758 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
13759 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
13760 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
13761 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
13762 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
13764 @node Failure in Make Rules
13765 @section Failure in Make Rules
13767 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
13768 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
13769 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
13770 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
13771 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
13772 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
13773 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
13774 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
13775 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
13776 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
13778 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
13779 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
13780 @command{set} (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}), so if you are worried
13781 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
13782 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
13784 @node Special Chars in Names
13785 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
13787 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
13788 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
13789 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
13790 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
13791 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
13793 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
13794 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
13797 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
13800 all:; @@echo this is test
13802 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
13803 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
13806 all:; @@echo this is test
13807 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
13812 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
13814 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
13815 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
13817 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
13818 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
13819 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
13820 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
13821 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
13835 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
13836 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
13839 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
13840 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
13842 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
13843 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
13846 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
13853 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
13858 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
13859 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
13860 trailing backslash.
13863 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
13864 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
13865 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
13869 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
13870 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
13878 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
13879 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
13881 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
13882 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
13883 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
13885 @node Macros and Submakes
13886 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
13888 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
13889 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
13890 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
13891 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
13892 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
13895 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
13902 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
13905 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
13907 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
13908 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
13914 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
13915 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
13916 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
13917 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
13921 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
13924 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
13925 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
13926 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
13927 submakes as expected.
13929 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
13930 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
13931 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
13932 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
13933 @option{-e} option to submakes.
13935 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
13936 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
13937 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
13940 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
13941 manually, from your makefile:
13947 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
13952 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
13955 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
13956 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
13957 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
13958 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
13960 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
13961 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
13962 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
13963 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
13964 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
13965 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
13966 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
13967 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
13968 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
13971 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
13973 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
13977 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
13980 @node The Make Macro SHELL
13981 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
13982 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
13983 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
13985 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
13986 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
13987 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
13988 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
13990 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
13992 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
13993 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
13994 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
14000 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
14001 everywhere. For instance @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when
14002 its @acronym{GNU} @code{make} port sees such a setting it enters a special
14003 emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are emulated
14004 on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this emulation is
14005 incomplete; for instance it does not handle command substitutions.
14006 On @acronym{DJGPP} @code{SHELL} should point to Bash.
14008 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
14009 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
14010 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
14011 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
14013 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
14014 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
14015 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
14018 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14024 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
14027 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
14032 @node Comments in Make Rules
14033 @section Comments in Make Rules
14034 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
14035 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
14037 Never put comments in a rule.
14039 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
14040 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
14041 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
14042 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
14049 @node obj/ and Make
14050 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
14051 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
14052 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
14054 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
14057 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
14058 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
14059 current directory is not read.
14062 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14065 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
14068 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14071 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
14076 @node make -k Status
14077 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
14078 @cindex @code{make -k}
14080 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
14081 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
14082 implementations always succeed.
14085 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14088 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
14090 make: *** [all] Error 1
14092 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
14094 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
14098 @node VPATH and Make
14099 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
14100 @cindex @code{VPATH}
14102 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
14103 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
14106 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
14107 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
14108 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
14109 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
14110 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
14111 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
14112 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
14113 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
14114 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
14116 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
14120 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
14121 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
14122 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
14123 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
14124 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
14127 @node VPATH and Double-colon
14128 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
14129 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
14130 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
14132 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
14133 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
14134 the first set of double-colon rules.
14135 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
14137 @node $< in Explicit Rules
14138 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
14139 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
14140 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
14141 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
14143 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
14144 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
14145 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
14146 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
14148 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
14149 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
14150 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
14151 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
14153 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
14154 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
14155 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
14159 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
14166 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
14167 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
14169 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
14170 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
14171 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
14172 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
14173 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
14174 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
14175 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
14176 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
14178 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
14179 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
14181 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
14184 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
14187 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
14191 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
14192 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
14196 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
14207 and thus fails. Oops.
14209 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
14210 @samp{$@@} when possible:
14219 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
14220 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
14221 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
14222 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
14223 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
14228 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
14230 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
14232 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
14235 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
14239 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
14240 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14241 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
14242 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14243 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14244 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14248 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
14249 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
14250 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
14251 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
14253 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
14256 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
14258 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
14259 /usr/local/include/$i; \
14263 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
14264 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
14268 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
14271 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
14280 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
14283 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
14284 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
14286 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
14287 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
14290 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14291 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
14292 for i in $$headers; do \
14293 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14294 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14295 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14299 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macroexpands to:
14302 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
14306 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
14307 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
14308 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
14309 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
14311 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
14315 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
14316 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14317 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
14318 for i in $$headers; do \
14319 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
14320 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14321 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14322 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14326 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
14327 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
14328 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
14329 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
14330 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
14331 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
14332 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
14333 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
14334 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
14336 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
14340 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14352 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
14353 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
14354 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
14355 occurred before the file was checked for.)
14357 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
14362 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
14370 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
14371 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
14372 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
14373 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
14375 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
14376 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
14379 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
14381 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
14390 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
14391 search as presented before.
14396 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
14399 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
14400 directory that was created in the current directory.
14402 @node Make Target Lookup
14403 @subsection Make Target Lookup
14404 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
14406 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
14407 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
14408 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
14411 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
14412 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
14413 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
14414 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
14415 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
14417 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
14418 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
14419 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
14420 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
14421 @code{VPATH} location.
14423 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
14425 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
14426 This is extremely annoying.
14428 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
14429 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
14431 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
14432 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
14433 updates existing files in the source directory.
14436 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14439 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
14440 @@echo Building $@@
14441 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14442 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14443 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14446 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14449 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14452 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14455 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14456 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14458 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14460 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14463 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14468 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
14469 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
14470 @command{make} always
14471 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
14473 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
14474 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
14475 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
14476 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
14478 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
14479 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
14480 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
14481 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
14484 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14488 @@echo Building $@@
14492 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14493 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14494 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14497 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14498 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
14499 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14503 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14504 echo Building bar.x
14506 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14508 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14510 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
14514 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
14515 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
14516 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
14517 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
14518 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
14522 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14529 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14530 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14531 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14534 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14537 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14539 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14541 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14545 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
14546 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
14547 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
14550 @node Single Suffix Rules
14551 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
14552 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
14553 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
14554 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
14555 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
14558 @cindex Separated Dependencies
14559 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
14560 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
14561 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
14563 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
14564 targets defined by single suffix rules:
14567 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14572 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
14579 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
14585 Makefile foo foo.in
14588 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
14591 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14600 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
14603 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14605 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
14612 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
14614 @node Timestamps and Make
14615 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
14616 @cindex timestamp resolution
14617 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
14618 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
14619 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
14620 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
14621 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
14622 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
14623 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
14624 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
14626 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
14627 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{Limitations of Usual
14628 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
14635 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
14636 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
14637 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
14638 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
14649 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
14651 @node Portable C and C++
14652 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
14653 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
14655 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
14656 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
14659 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
14660 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
14661 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
14662 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
14663 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
14664 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
14665 standards. Many programs also assume the
14666 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix standard}.
14668 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
14669 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
14670 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
14672 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
14673 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
14674 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
14678 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
14679 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
14680 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
14681 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
14682 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
14683 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
14686 @node Varieties of Unportability
14687 @section Varieties of Unportability
14688 @cindex portability
14690 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
14691 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
14692 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
14693 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
14694 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
14695 and undefined behavior.
14697 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
14698 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
14699 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
14700 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
14703 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
14704 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
14705 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
14706 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
14707 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
14708 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
14709 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
14710 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
14712 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
14713 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
14714 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
14715 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
14716 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
14718 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
14719 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
14720 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
14721 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
14722 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
14723 the programs work well enough in practice.
14725 @node Integer Overflow
14726 @section Integer Overflow
14727 @cindex overflow, arithmetic
14729 In C, signed integer overflow leads to undefined behavior. However,
14730 many programs and Autoconf tests assume that signed integer overflow after
14731 addition, subtraction, or multiplication silently
14732 wraps around modulo a power of two, using two's complement arithmetic,
14733 so long as you cast the resulting value
14734 to an integer type or store it into an integer variable. Such programs
14735 are portable to the vast majority of modern platforms. However, signed
14736 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
14737 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
14738 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
14739 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
14740 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
14741 because the expression does not overflow.
14743 @acronym{GCC} users might consider using the
14744 @option{-ftrapv} option if they are worried about porting their code to
14745 the rare platforms where signed integer overflow does not wrap around
14746 after addition, subtraction, or multiplication.
14748 Unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around modulo the word size.
14749 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is portable in practice.
14751 @node Null Pointers
14752 @section Properties of Null Pointers
14753 @cindex null pointers
14755 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
14758 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
14759 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
14760 the pointers in an array to null values.
14762 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
14763 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
14764 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
14766 @node Buffer Overruns
14767 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
14768 @cindex buffer overruns
14770 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
14771 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
14772 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
14773 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
14774 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
14776 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
14777 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
14778 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
14779 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
14780 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
14781 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
14782 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
14783 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
14784 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
14785 element at the start or end.
14787 @uref{http://valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
14789 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
14792 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
14793 more subtle ways to get them.
14795 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
14796 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
14797 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
14798 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
14799 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
14801 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
14802 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
14803 multiplication overflows.
14805 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
14806 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
14807 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
14808 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
14810 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
14811 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
14812 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
14813 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
14814 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
14815 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
14816 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
14818 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
14819 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
14822 @node Floating Point Portability
14823 @section Floating Point Portability
14824 @cindex floating point
14826 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
14827 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
14828 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
14829 @uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
14830 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
14832 @node Exiting Portably
14833 @section Exiting Portably
14834 @cindex exiting portably
14836 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
14837 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
14838 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
14839 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
14840 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
14841 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
14842 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
14843 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
14844 are no longer of practical concern.
14846 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
14847 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
14848 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
14849 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
14850 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
14851 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
14852 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
14853 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
14855 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
14856 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
14857 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
14861 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
14863 @node Manual Configuration
14864 @chapter Manual Configuration
14866 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
14867 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
14868 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
14869 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
14870 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
14871 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
14872 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
14875 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
14876 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
14877 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
14880 @node Specifying Names
14881 @section Specifying the System Type
14882 @cindex System type
14884 Like other @acronym{GNU} @command{configure} scripts, Autoconf-generated
14885 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
14886 for the system type, which has the form:
14887 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
14888 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
14890 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
14891 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
14892 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
14893 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
14895 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
14896 arguments to @command{configure}. Doing so is necessary when
14897 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
14898 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
14901 @item --build=@var{build-type}
14902 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
14903 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
14905 @item --host=@var{host-type}
14906 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
14907 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
14910 @item --target=@var{target-type}
14911 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
14912 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
14915 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
14916 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
14917 cross-compilation. For historical reasons, passing @option{--host} also
14918 changes the build type. Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host},
14919 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
14920 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
14923 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
14927 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
14928 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
14929 example, configuring as follows fails:
14932 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
14935 In the future, when cross-compiling Autoconf will @emph{not}
14936 accept tools (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not
14937 prefixed with the host type. The only case when this may be
14938 useful is when you really are not cross-compiling, but only
14939 building for a least-common-denominator architecture: an example
14940 is building for @code{i386-pc-linux-gnu} while running on an
14941 @code{i686-pc-linux-gnu} architecture. In this case, some particular
14942 pairs might be similar enough to let you get away with the system
14943 compilers, but in general the compiler might make bogus assumptions
14944 on the host: if you know what you are doing, please create symbolic
14945 links from the host compiler to the build compiler.
14947 @cindex @command{config.sub}
14948 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
14949 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
14950 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
14951 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
14953 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
14954 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
14957 @node Canonicalizing
14958 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
14959 @cindex System type
14960 @cindex Canonical system type
14962 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
14965 @ovindex build_alias
14966 @ovindex host_alias
14967 @ovindex target_alias
14969 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
14970 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
14971 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
14972 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
14973 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
14974 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
14975 interaction with the user.
14977 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
14978 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
14979 variables are not set before the macro call.
14981 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
14982 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
14983 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
14984 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
14987 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
14988 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
14991 @ovindex build_vendor
14993 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
14994 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
14997 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
14998 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
14999 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
15002 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
15003 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
15006 @ovindex host_vendor
15008 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
15009 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
15012 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
15013 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
15014 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
15017 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
15018 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
15020 @ovindex target_cpu
15021 @ovindex target_vendor
15023 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
15024 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
15027 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
15028 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
15029 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
15032 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
15033 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
15035 @node Using System Type
15036 @section Using the System Type
15038 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
15039 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
15040 be used to match a group of system types.
15042 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
15043 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
15044 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
15045 program or library.
15049 alpha*-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o ;;
15050 i?86-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o ;;
15053 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
15056 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
15057 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
15058 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
15059 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
15063 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
15064 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
15065 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
15069 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
15070 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
15072 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
15073 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
15074 (which is where the build is being done).
15076 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
15077 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
15078 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
15079 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
15080 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
15084 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
15087 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
15088 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
15089 be driven from @samp{$host}.
15091 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
15092 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
15094 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
15095 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
15096 even examining the compiler output.
15099 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
15100 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
15101 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
15102 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
15103 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
15104 construction themselves determine how the target works.
15107 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
15109 @node Site Configuration
15110 @chapter Site Configuration
15112 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
15113 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
15114 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
15115 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
15119 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
15120 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
15121 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
15122 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
15123 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
15124 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
15125 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
15128 @node Help Formatting
15129 @section Controlling Help Output
15131 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
15132 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
15133 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
15134 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
15140 --enable-bar include bar
15147 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
15148 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
15150 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
15151 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
15152 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
15155 Optional Features and Packages:
15157 --enable-bar include bar
15163 @node External Software
15164 @section Working With External Software
15165 @cindex External software
15167 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
15168 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
15169 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
15170 The options have one of these forms:
15172 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
15175 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
15176 --without-@var{package}
15179 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
15180 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
15183 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
15184 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
15185 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
15186 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
15187 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
15188 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
15189 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
15190 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
15191 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
15193 @command{configure} scripts do not complain about
15194 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support. This
15195 behavior permits configuring a source tree containing multiple packages
15196 with a top-level @command{configure} script when the packages support
15197 different options, without spurious error messages about options that
15198 some of the packages support. An unfortunate side effect is that option
15199 spelling errors are not diagnosed. No better approach to this problem
15200 has been suggested so far.
15202 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
15203 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
15204 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
15205 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
15207 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
15209 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
15210 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
15211 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
15212 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
15213 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
15214 only of alphanumeric characters and dashes.
15216 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
15217 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
15218 actually just the value of the shell variable @code{with_@var{package}},
15219 with any @option{-} characters changed into @samp{_}. You may use that
15220 variable instead, if you wish.
15222 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
15225 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
15229 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
15230 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
15231 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. You'll need to enclose the
15232 help string in @samp{[} and @samp{]} in order to produce the leading
15235 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
15236 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
15238 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
15239 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
15240 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
15241 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
15242 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
15245 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
15247 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
15248 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
15249 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
15251 [with_readline=check])
15254 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
15255 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
15256 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
15257 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
15258 [Define if you have libreadline])
15260 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
15262 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
15267 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
15268 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
15269 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
15271 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
15273 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
15274 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
15275 [enable experimental support for readline])],
15277 [with_readline=no])
15280 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
15281 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
15282 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
15283 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
15284 [Define if you have libreadline])
15287 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
15291 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
15292 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
15293 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
15295 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
15297 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
15298 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
15299 [disable support for readline])],
15301 [with_readline=yes])
15304 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
15305 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
15306 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
15307 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
15308 [Define if you have libreadline])
15311 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
15315 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
15316 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
15317 @ref{Package Options}).
15320 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
15322 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
15323 support providing a help string.
15326 @node Package Options
15327 @section Choosing Package Options
15328 @cindex Package options
15329 @cindex Options, package
15331 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
15332 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
15333 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
15335 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
15338 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
15339 --disable-@var{feature}
15342 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
15343 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
15344 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
15345 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
15348 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
15349 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
15350 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
15351 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
15352 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
15353 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
15355 @command{configure} scripts do not complain about
15356 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options that they do not support.
15357 This behavior permits configuring a source tree containing multiple
15358 packages with a top-level @command{configure} script when the packages
15359 support different options, without spurious error messages about options
15360 that some of the packages support.
15361 An unfortunate side effect is that option spelling errors are not diagnosed.
15362 No better approach to this problem has been suggested so far.
15364 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
15365 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
15366 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
15367 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
15369 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
15370 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
15371 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
15372 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
15373 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
15374 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
15375 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
15376 alphanumeric characters and dashes.
15378 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
15379 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
15380 actually just the value of the shell variable
15381 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any @option{-} characters changed into
15382 @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead, if you wish. The
15383 @var{help-string} argument is like that of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
15384 (@pxref{External Software}).
15386 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
15387 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
15389 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
15390 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
15391 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
15394 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
15396 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
15397 support providing a help string.
15401 @node Pretty Help Strings
15402 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
15403 @cindex Help strings
15405 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
15406 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
15407 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
15408 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
15409 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
15410 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
15412 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side})
15413 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
15415 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
15416 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
15417 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
15418 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
15422 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
15423 [use foo (default is no)])],
15424 [use_foo=$withval],
15428 The second argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is
15429 not a literal, and should not be double quoted.
15430 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
15431 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
15435 --enable and --with options recognized:
15436 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
15439 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
15440 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
15441 arguments, as shown in the following example.
15444 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
15446 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-$1], [use $1 (default is $2)])],
15447 [use_[]$1=$withval],
15454 @section Configuring Site Details
15455 @cindex Site details
15457 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
15458 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
15459 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
15460 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
15461 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
15462 scripts, which aren't interactive.
15464 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
15465 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
15466 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
15467 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
15468 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
15469 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
15470 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
15471 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
15472 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
15473 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
15475 @node Transforming Names
15476 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
15477 @cindex Transforming program names
15478 @cindex Program names, transforming
15480 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
15481 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
15482 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
15484 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
15485 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
15486 @ovindex program_transform_name
15487 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
15488 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
15490 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
15491 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
15492 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
15493 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
15494 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
15498 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
15499 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
15500 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
15503 @node Transformation Options
15504 @subsection Transformation Options
15506 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
15507 command line options:
15510 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
15511 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
15513 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
15514 append @var{suffix} to the names;
15516 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
15517 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
15520 @node Transformation Examples
15521 @subsection Transformation Examples
15523 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
15524 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
15525 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
15526 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
15527 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
15528 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
15530 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
15531 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
15532 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
15533 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
15534 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
15536 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
15539 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
15543 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
15544 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
15545 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
15546 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
15547 set up to use this feature.)
15549 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
15550 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
15551 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
15552 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
15553 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
15554 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
15555 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
15556 the library files which might overlap.
15558 @node Transformation Rules
15559 @subsection Transformation Rules
15561 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
15562 @file{Makefile.in}:
15565 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
15566 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
15568 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
15569 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
15570 sed '$(transform)'`; \
15574 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
15575 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
15579 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
15580 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
15581 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
15584 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
15585 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
15588 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
15589 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
15590 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
15591 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
15592 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
15593 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
15594 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
15595 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
15598 @node Site Defaults
15599 @section Setting Site Defaults
15600 @cindex Site defaults
15602 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
15603 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
15604 site- and system-wide initialization files.
15606 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
15607 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
15608 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
15609 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
15610 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
15611 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
15612 ones in case of conflict.
15614 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
15615 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
15616 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
15617 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
15618 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
15619 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
15620 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
15621 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
15624 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
15625 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
15626 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
15627 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
15628 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
15629 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
15630 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
15631 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
15632 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
15633 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
15635 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
15636 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
15637 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
15638 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
15639 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
15640 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
15641 environment variable.
15643 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
15644 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
15645 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
15646 setting those values correctly for that system in
15647 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
15648 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
15649 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
15650 M4 source code for those macros.
15652 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
15653 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
15654 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
15655 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
15656 @command{configure}) before changing them.
15658 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site}. The
15659 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
15660 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
15663 # config.site for configure
15665 # Change some defaults.
15666 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
15667 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
15668 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$prefix/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
15669 test "$localstatedir" = '$prefix/var' && localstatedir=/var
15671 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
15672 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
15673 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
15674 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
15675 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
15681 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
15683 @node Running configure Scripts
15684 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
15685 @cindex @command{configure}
15687 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
15688 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
15689 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
15690 may use comes with Autoconf.
15693 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
15694 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
15695 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
15696 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
15697 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
15698 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
15699 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
15700 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
15701 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
15705 @include install.texi
15708 @c ============================================== Recreating a Configuration
15710 @node config.status Invocation
15711 @chapter Recreating a Configuration
15712 @cindex @command{config.status}
15714 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
15715 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
15716 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
15717 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
15721 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
15724 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
15725 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
15726 dependencies, as in
15729 ./config.status foobar
15736 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
15739 The supported options are:
15744 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
15749 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
15754 Do not print progress messages.
15758 Don't remove the temporary files.
15760 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
15761 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
15762 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
15763 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
15764 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
15765 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
15766 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
15769 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
15770 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
15771 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
15772 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
15773 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
15774 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
15777 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
15778 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
15781 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
15782 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
15783 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
15784 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
15785 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
15786 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
15787 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
15788 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
15789 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
15790 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
15794 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
15795 can alter its behavior:
15797 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
15798 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
15799 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
15800 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
15801 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
15802 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
15803 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
15804 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
15805 shell should be passed.
15808 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
15809 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
15810 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
15811 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
15812 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
15813 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
15816 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
15817 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
15818 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
15819 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
15824 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
15825 ./config.status config.h
15828 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
15829 ./config.status Makefile
15833 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
15834 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
15837 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
15839 @node Obsolete Constructs
15840 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
15841 @cindex Obsolete constructs
15843 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
15844 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
15845 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
15848 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
15849 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
15850 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
15853 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Different calling convention
15854 * acconfig.h:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
15855 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
15856 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
15857 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
15858 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
15861 @node Obsolete config.status Use
15862 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
15864 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
15865 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
15866 Before, environment variables had to be used.
15868 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
15869 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
15870 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
15871 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
15872 @file{configure.ac}.
15875 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
15876 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
15877 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
15878 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
15879 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
15882 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
15883 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
15884 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
15885 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
15886 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
15889 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
15890 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
15891 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
15892 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
15893 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
15896 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
15902 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
15903 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
15904 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
15907 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
15908 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
15909 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
15914 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
15915 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @code{make} rules. Equally
15916 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
15920 @section @file{acconfig.h}
15922 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
15923 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
15924 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
15926 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
15927 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
15928 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
15929 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
15930 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
15931 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
15932 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
15933 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
15935 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
15936 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
15937 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
15938 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
15939 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
15940 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
15941 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
15942 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
15943 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
15944 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
15945 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
15946 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
15947 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
15948 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
15950 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
15951 package for distribution were:
15954 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
15956 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
15958 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
15959 [acconfig.h] ----. |
15966 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
15967 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
15970 @node autoupdate Invocation
15971 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
15972 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
15974 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
15975 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
15976 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
15977 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
15978 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
15979 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
15980 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
15981 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
15982 update them to use the new macro names.
15984 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
15985 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
15986 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
15987 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
15988 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
15989 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
15993 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
15998 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
16002 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
16006 Report processing steps.
16010 Don't remove the temporary files.
16014 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
16016 @item --include=@var{dir}
16017 @itemx -I @var{dir}
16018 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
16019 Directories are browsed from last to first.
16022 @node Obsolete Macros
16023 @section Obsolete Macros
16025 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
16026 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
16027 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
16030 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
16031 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
16032 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
16033 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
16034 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
16035 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
16040 @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
16043 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
16044 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
16045 removed because of limited usefulness
16050 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
16053 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
16054 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
16055 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
16056 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
16057 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
16058 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
16060 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
16061 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
16064 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
16065 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
16066 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
16067 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
16068 variables this macro sets.
16070 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
16071 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
16072 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
16076 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
16077 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
16078 @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
16081 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
16082 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
16083 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
16084 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
16085 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
16086 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
16087 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
16088 problems in the case of pointer types.
16090 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
16091 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
16093 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
16094 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
16096 This macro is equivalent to:
16099 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
16100 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
16101 [Define to `@var{default}'
16102 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
16105 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
16106 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected by a simple heuristics:
16110 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
16113 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
16114 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
16115 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
16116 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
16117 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
16120 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
16121 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
16124 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
16128 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
16129 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
16130 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
16134 typedef loff_t off_t;
16138 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
16140 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
16142 Same as @samp{AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]}.
16145 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
16146 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
16147 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
16148 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
16149 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
16150 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
16151 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
16152 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
16160 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
16161 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
16162 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
16168 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
16169 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
16170 means to check the nature of the host is using
16171 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}. As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
16174 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
16176 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
16181 Beware that the variable @code{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
16182 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
16183 not to use this macro.
16186 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
16187 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
16188 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
16192 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
16193 [#include <signal.h>
16194 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
16196 # include <unistd.h>
16202 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
16203 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
16204 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX}.
16207 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
16208 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
16213 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID} and@code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT},
16214 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
16215 header file is found:
16217 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
16218 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
16219 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
16220 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
16221 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
16222 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
16226 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
16227 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
16228 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
16229 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
16232 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
16236 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}.
16242 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
16243 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
16244 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
16249 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
16250 and sets @code{EMXOS2}.
16255 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR}
16263 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
16264 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
16265 @code{AC_PATH_XTRA}
16270 @code{m4_foreach_w}
16273 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
16274 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
16275 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
16278 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
16279 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
16280 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
16281 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
16282 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
16285 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
16286 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
16289 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
16290 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
16291 @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
16294 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
16295 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
16296 @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
16299 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
16300 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
16301 @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
16304 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
16305 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
16306 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
16309 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
16310 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
16311 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
16314 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
16315 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
16316 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
16317 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
16318 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
16319 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
16320 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
16323 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
16324 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
16325 @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (different calling convention)
16328 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
16329 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
16330 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
16333 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
16334 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
16335 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
16338 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
16339 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
16340 @code{AS_HELP_STRING}
16343 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
16345 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
16350 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
16359 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
16360 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
16361 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
16362 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
16363 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead.
16366 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
16368 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
16369 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
16370 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
16371 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
16372 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
16375 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
16379 now it is defined as
16383 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
16389 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])}.
16392 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
16393 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
16394 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])}.
16397 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
16398 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
16399 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}.
16402 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
16403 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
16404 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
16405 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
16406 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}.
16409 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
16410 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
16411 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
16412 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred.
16415 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
16416 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
16417 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated
16421 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
16429 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
16430 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
16436 @code{AC_PROG_LN_S}
16439 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
16440 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
16441 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
16442 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
16443 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead.
16446 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
16447 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
16448 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
16449 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
16450 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
16452 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
16453 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
16456 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
16457 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
16458 @code{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
16461 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
16462 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
16463 @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
16466 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
16468 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
16469 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
16470 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
16471 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])}. Adjust your code to depend upon
16472 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
16478 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
16479 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}.
16482 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
16483 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
16484 @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
16489 @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
16494 @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
16500 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
16501 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
16502 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
16503 Now the compiler checking macros handle
16504 this automatically.
16507 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
16509 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
16510 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
16511 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
16512 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
16513 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
16514 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
16519 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
16522 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
16523 services to the user.
16528 @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
16531 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
16533 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with argument is deprecated. This obsoleted
16534 interface is equivalent to:
16538 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
16539 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
16540 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
16546 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
16547 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
16548 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
16549 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
16550 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
16551 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}.
16553 Here is an unrealistic example:
16557 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
16559 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
16563 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
16564 additional key, an important difference is that
16565 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
16566 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
16567 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
16570 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
16574 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
16575 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
16576 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
16580 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
16581 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
16588 @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
16593 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
16596 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
16597 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
16598 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
16601 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
16602 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
16603 @code{AC_PATH_PROGS}
16606 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
16607 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
16608 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}
16611 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
16612 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
16613 @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}
16616 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
16617 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
16618 @code{AC_PATH_PROG}
16621 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
16622 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
16623 removed because of limited usefulness
16626 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
16627 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
16628 @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
16631 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
16632 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
16633 @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
16638 removed because of limited usefulness
16641 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
16644 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
16645 macro used to do this:
16648 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
16652 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead.
16655 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
16656 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
16657 @code{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
16660 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
16662 @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
16665 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
16666 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
16667 @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
16672 @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
16675 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
16676 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
16677 @code{AC_HEADER_STAT}
16680 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
16681 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
16682 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}
16687 @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
16690 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
16691 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
16692 @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
16695 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
16696 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
16697 @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
16702 @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
16705 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
16706 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
16707 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
16708 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
16709 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
16710 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
16711 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
16712 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
16713 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
16715 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
16716 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
16717 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
16718 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
16722 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
16723 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
16724 @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
16727 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
16729 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, replaced by @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
16732 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
16733 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
16734 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, replaced by @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}.
16737 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
16739 @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
16742 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
16743 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
16744 @code{AC_HEADER_TIME}
16747 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
16748 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
16753 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
16754 [[@var{function-body}]])],
16755 [@var{action-if-true}],
16756 [@var{action-if-false}])
16760 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
16762 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
16764 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
16765 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
16766 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
16767 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
16768 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
16771 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
16777 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
16778 [@var{action-if-true}],
16779 [@var{action-if-false}])
16783 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
16785 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
16788 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
16794 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
16795 [[@var{function-body}]])],
16796 [@var{action-if-true}],
16797 [@var{action-if-false}])
16801 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
16803 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
16805 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
16806 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
16807 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
16808 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
16809 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
16811 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
16813 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
16814 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
16815 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
16816 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
16817 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
16818 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
16821 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
16822 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
16823 This macro is equivalent to
16824 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
16825 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])}.
16828 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
16834 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
16835 [@var{action-if-true}],
16836 [@var{action-if-false}],
16837 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
16846 @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
16849 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
16851 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])}.
16857 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
16858 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
16859 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
16862 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
16863 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
16864 @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
16867 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
16868 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
16869 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
16870 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
16871 error message. This is now handled by default.
16874 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
16876 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}.
16881 @code{AC_FUNC_VFORK}
16886 @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
16891 @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}
16899 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
16900 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
16901 @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
16904 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
16905 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
16907 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
16908 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
16909 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
16910 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
16911 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
16914 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
16915 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
16916 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
16919 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
16920 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
16924 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
16925 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
16926 @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
16930 @section Upgrading From Version 1
16931 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
16932 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
16934 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
16935 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
16936 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
16937 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
16938 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
16939 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
16940 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
16941 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
16942 Autoconf distribution.
16945 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
16946 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
16947 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
16948 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
16949 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
16952 @node Changed File Names
16953 @subsection Changed File Names
16955 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
16956 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
16957 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
16959 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
16960 @file{install-sh} so @code{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
16961 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
16962 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
16964 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
16965 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
16966 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
16968 @node Changed Makefiles
16969 @subsection Changed Makefiles
16971 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
16972 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
16973 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
16974 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
16976 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
16977 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
16978 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
16979 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
16980 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
16982 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
16983 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
16985 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
16988 prefix = /usr/local
16989 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
16993 you must change it to:
16996 prefix = @@prefix@@
16997 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
17001 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
17002 characters around them has been removed.
17004 @node Changed Macros
17005 @subsection Changed Macros
17007 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
17008 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
17009 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
17010 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
17011 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
17012 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
17014 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
17015 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
17016 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
17017 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
17018 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
17019 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
17020 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
17021 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
17022 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
17023 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
17024 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
17028 @node Changed Results
17029 @subsection Changed Results
17031 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
17032 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
17033 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
17034 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
17035 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
17036 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
17037 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
17040 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
17044 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
17046 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
17047 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
17049 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
17050 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
17051 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
17052 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
17054 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
17062 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
17065 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
17066 if test $ac_cv_func_syslog = no; then
17067 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
17068 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
17069 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
17070 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
17075 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
17076 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
17077 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
17078 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
17080 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
17081 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
17082 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
17083 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
17084 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
17086 @node Changed Macro Writing
17087 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
17089 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
17090 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
17091 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
17092 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
17093 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
17094 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
17097 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
17098 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
17099 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
17100 advantage of some new features.
17102 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
17103 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
17104 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
17105 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
17106 kludging. Or perhaps not.
17108 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
17109 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
17110 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
17113 @node Autoconf 2.13
17114 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
17115 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
17116 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
17118 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
17119 suits this section@enddots{}
17122 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
17123 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
17124 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
17125 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
17126 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
17127 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
17128 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
17129 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
17130 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
17134 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
17135 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
17136 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
17137 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
17138 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
17141 @node Changed Quotation
17142 @subsection Changed Quotation
17144 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
17145 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
17146 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
17147 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
17148 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
17149 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
17151 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
17156 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
17157 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
17162 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
17165 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
17166 creating cache ./config.cache
17167 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
17172 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
17175 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
17176 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
17177 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
17178 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
17182 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
17186 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
17187 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
17188 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
17192 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
17193 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
17196 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
17197 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
17198 [# My own much better version
17203 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
17204 autoconf: Undefined macros:
17205 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
17206 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
17207 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
17208 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
17209 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
17215 @subsection New Macros
17217 @cindex undefined macro
17218 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
17220 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
17221 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
17222 in 2001, Autoconf provided
17223 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
17224 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
17225 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
17227 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
17228 did not quote the names of these macros.
17229 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
17230 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
17231 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
17232 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
17234 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
17235 complains, in its own words:
17238 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
17239 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
17241 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
17243 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
17244 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
17245 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
17249 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
17250 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
17251 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
17252 as it is simply not its job
17253 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
17256 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
17257 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
17259 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
17261 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
17262 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
17263 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
17264 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
17265 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
17271 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
17272 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
17273 @cindex Cross compilation
17275 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
17276 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
17280 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
17283 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
17286 the variables defined in @command{configure},
17289 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
17294 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
17295 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
17296 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
17297 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
17298 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
17299 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
17300 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
17302 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
17303 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
17304 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
17305 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
17306 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
17308 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
17309 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
17310 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
17311 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
17316 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
17317 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
17318 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
17319 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
17320 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
17321 which is also the build platform.
17324 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
17329 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
17330 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
17331 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
17332 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
17333 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
17334 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
17335 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
17336 rely on this broken feature.
17338 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
17339 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
17340 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
17341 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
17342 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
17346 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
17347 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
17348 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
17349 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
17350 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
17351 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
17352 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
17354 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
17355 @option{--host} is passed.
17357 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
17358 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
17359 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
17361 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
17362 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
17363 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
17364 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
17365 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
17366 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
17367 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
17368 @option{--build} too.
17371 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
17375 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
17376 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
17377 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
17378 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
17379 configure as follows:
17382 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
17386 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
17387 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
17389 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
17390 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
17391 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
17392 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
17394 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
17395 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
17396 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
17397 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
17398 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
17399 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
17400 change something'').
17402 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
17403 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
17407 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
17408 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
17411 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
17412 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
17416 should be replaced with:
17419 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
17420 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
17426 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
17427 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
17428 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
17429 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
17430 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
17431 The @code{LIBOJBDIR} feature is experimental.
17434 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
17435 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
17437 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
17438 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
17439 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
17440 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
17441 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
17442 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
17445 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
17446 quoting their arguments;
17449 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
17450 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
17453 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
17456 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
17457 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
17458 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
17462 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
17463 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
17464 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
17465 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
17466 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
17467 header file that the file you are checking includes.
17469 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
17470 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
17471 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
17479 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
17483 The above example, properly written would (i) use
17484 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
17488 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
17489 [[#if !defined _AIX
17490 error: This isn't AIX!
17499 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
17501 @node Using Autotest
17502 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
17507 @strong{N.B.: This section describes an experimental feature which will
17508 be part of Autoconf in a forthcoming release. Although we believe
17509 Autotest is stabilizing, this documentation describes an interface which
17510 might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without
17511 subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.}
17514 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
17515 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
17516 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
17517 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
17518 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
17519 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
17520 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
17521 exhibit deficiencies.
17523 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
17524 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
17525 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
17526 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
17527 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
17529 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
17530 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
17531 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
17532 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
17533 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
17535 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
17536 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
17537 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
17538 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
17539 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
17542 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
17543 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
17546 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
17547 * Writing testsuite.at:: Autotest macros
17548 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
17549 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
17552 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
17553 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
17556 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
17557 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
17560 @node testsuite Scripts
17561 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
17563 @cindex @command{testsuite}
17565 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
17566 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
17567 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
17568 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
17569 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
17570 the installer's end.
17573 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
17574 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
17575 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
17576 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
17577 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
17578 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
17581 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
17582 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
17583 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
17584 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
17585 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
17586 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
17587 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
17588 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
17589 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
17591 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
17592 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
17593 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
17594 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
17595 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
17596 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
17599 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
17600 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
17601 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
17602 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
17603 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
17604 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
17605 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
17606 the test group, and they include:
17609 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
17610 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
17611 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
17613 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
17615 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
17618 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
17619 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
17621 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
17622 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
17623 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
17624 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
17625 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
17626 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
17627 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
17628 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
17629 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
17630 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
17632 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
17635 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
17640 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
17642 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
17648 Files used in configuring a software package:
17653 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
17659 Files created during the test suite execution:
17662 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
17666 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
17670 @node Autotest Logs
17671 @subsection Autotest Logs
17673 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
17674 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
17675 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
17676 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
17679 @item command line arguments
17680 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
17681 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
17682 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
17683 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
17684 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
17685 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
17686 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
17687 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
17688 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
17689 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
17691 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
17692 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
17693 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
17694 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
17695 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
17696 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
17699 @item build machine
17700 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
17701 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
17702 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
17703 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
17704 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
17705 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
17706 state of the build machine, including some important environment
17708 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
17709 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
17711 @item tested programs
17712 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
17713 programs (see @ref{Writing testsuite.at}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
17715 @item configuration log
17716 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
17717 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
17718 on the configuration itself.
17722 @node Writing testsuite.at
17723 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
17725 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
17726 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
17727 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
17728 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
17729 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
17730 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
17731 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
17732 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
17734 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
17736 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
17737 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
17738 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. In any case,
17739 the test suite always displays the package name and version. It also
17740 inherits the package bug report address.
17743 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
17744 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
17745 @cindex Copyright Notice
17746 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
17747 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
17748 @var{copyright-notice}.
17750 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
17751 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
17754 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
17756 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
17757 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
17758 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
17762 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
17763 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
17764 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
17765 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
17766 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
17767 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
17772 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
17774 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
17775 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
17776 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
17777 of the test group being started.
17780 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
17782 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
17783 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
17784 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
17785 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
17786 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
17787 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
17788 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
17790 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
17791 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
17795 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
17796 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
17797 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
17798 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
17801 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
17803 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
17804 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
17805 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
17806 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
17807 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
17808 the test into an expected failure.
17813 End the current test group.
17818 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
17820 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
17821 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
17822 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
17823 expansion. The contents ought to end with an end of line.
17826 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
17828 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
17829 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
17830 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
17831 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
17832 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
17833 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
17835 The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
17838 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
17839 the corresponding value is not checked.
17841 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
17842 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
17843 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
17844 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
17845 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{expout} and @samp{stderr}.
17849 @node testsuite Invocation
17850 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
17851 @cindex @command{testsuite}
17853 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
17858 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
17862 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
17866 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
17867 for @code{clean} Make targets.
17871 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
17877 By default all tests are performed (or described with
17878 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
17879 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
17883 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
17884 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
17885 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
17886 different environment.
17888 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
17889 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
17890 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
17891 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
17892 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
17893 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
17894 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
17895 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
17896 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
17897 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
17901 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
17902 @itemx @var{number}-
17903 @itemx -@var{number}
17904 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
17907 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
17908 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
17909 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
17910 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
17911 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
17912 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
17913 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
17914 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
17916 For example, running
17919 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
17923 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
17924 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH},
17928 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
17932 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
17933 containing @samp{FUNC}.
17937 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
17938 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
17939 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
17940 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
17944 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
17945 is the default for debugging scripts.
17949 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
17950 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
17951 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
17952 overwrite the top-level
17953 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
17954 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
17955 the testsuite itself.
17959 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
17963 @node Making testsuite Scripts
17964 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
17966 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
17967 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
17968 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
17969 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
17970 check list of things to do.
17975 @cindex @file{package.m4}
17976 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
17977 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
17978 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
17979 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
17980 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
17981 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}.
17982 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables. We
17983 suggest the following makefile excerpt:
17986 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
17988 echo '# Signature of the current package.'; \
17989 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME], [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])'; \
17990 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME], [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])'; \
17991 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])'; \
17992 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING], [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])'; \
17993 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
17994 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
17998 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
17999 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped!
18002 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
18004 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
18005 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
18006 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
18007 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
18008 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
18009 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
18013 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
18014 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
18015 @file{tests/atlocal}.
18018 The @file{tests/Makefile.in} should be modified so the validation in
18019 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
18023 With Automake, here is a minimal example about how to link @samp{make
18024 check} with a validation suite.
18027 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
18028 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
18030 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
18031 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
18033 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
18034 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
18038 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
18039 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
18041 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
18042 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at
18043 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
18047 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
18048 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
18050 With strict Autoconf, you might need to add lines inspired from the
18056 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
18057 cd $(top_builddir) && \
18058 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
18060 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
18061 cd $(top_builddir) && \
18062 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
18066 and manage to have @file{atconfig.in} and @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)}
18069 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
18070 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this variable,
18074 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
18079 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
18082 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
18084 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
18088 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
18089 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
18090 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
18091 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
18092 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
18093 * autom4te.cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
18094 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
18098 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
18102 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
18103 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
18104 programs that use them?
18107 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
18108 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
18109 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
18110 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
18111 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
18113 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
18114 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
18115 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
18116 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
18117 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
18118 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
18119 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
18122 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
18125 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
18128 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
18129 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
18130 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
18131 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
18141 Autoconf requires version 1.4.4 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
18143 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
18144 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
18145 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
18146 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
18147 installed, since they prefer them.
18149 @node Bootstrapping
18150 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
18154 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
18155 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
18159 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
18160 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
18161 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
18162 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
18163 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
18165 @node Why Not Imake
18166 @section Why Not Imake?
18170 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
18173 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
18174 adaptations of their explanations here.
18176 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
18179 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
18180 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
18181 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
18183 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
18184 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
18185 central authority who has control over the database.
18187 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
18188 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
18189 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
18190 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
18191 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
18193 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
18194 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
18195 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
18196 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
18197 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
18198 address these issues.
18200 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
18201 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
18206 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
18209 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
18210 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
18211 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
18212 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
18215 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
18216 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
18217 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
18222 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
18225 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
18226 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
18227 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
18228 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
18229 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
18230 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
18231 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
18232 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
18233 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
18234 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
18235 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
18236 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
18237 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
18240 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
18241 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
18242 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
18243 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
18244 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
18245 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
18250 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
18253 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
18254 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
18255 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
18256 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
18257 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
18258 (unless it is an X11 program).
18260 On the other side, though:
18262 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
18263 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
18264 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
18265 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
18266 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
18267 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
18268 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
18272 @node Defining Directories
18273 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
18276 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
18280 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
18281 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
18289 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
18293 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
18294 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
18295 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
18299 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
18300 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
18301 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
18304 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
18305 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
18308 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
18312 or create a dedicated header file:
18315 DISTCLEANFILES = datadir.h
18316 datadir.h: Makefile
18317 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
18321 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
18322 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
18323 automate this task. For instance, the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
18324 the @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
18327 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
18330 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
18331 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
18332 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
18333 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
18334 Some macros are already available to address this issue: see
18335 @code{adl_COMPUTE_RELATIVE_PATHS} and
18336 @code{adl_COMPUTE_STANDARD_RELATIVE_PATHS} on the
18337 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/,
18338 Autoconf Macro Archive}.
18342 @node autom4te.cache
18343 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
18346 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
18349 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
18350 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
18351 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
18352 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
18353 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
18354 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
18355 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
18356 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
18358 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
18359 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
18360 a specific demand, stores additional information in
18361 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
18362 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
18363 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
18364 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
18365 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently of 30%,
18366 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
18368 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
18373 Can I permanently get rid of it?
18376 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
18377 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
18378 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
18379 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
18380 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
18381 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
18382 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
18383 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
18387 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
18388 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
18390 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
18391 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
18392 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
18393 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
18394 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
18395 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
18396 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
18399 As of Autoconf 2.56 both checks are performed, and @code{configure}
18400 complains loudly if the compiler and the preprocessor do not agree.
18401 For the time being the result used is that of the preprocessor, to give
18402 maintainers time to adjust their @file{configure.ac}, but in the
18403 future, only the compiler will be considered.
18405 Consider the following example:
18408 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
18409 typedef int number;
18411 const number pi = 3;
18412 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18413 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18414 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
18415 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
18416 $ @kbd{./configure}
18417 checking for gcc... gcc
18418 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
18419 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
18420 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
18421 checking for suffix of executables...
18422 checking for suffix of object files... o
18423 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
18424 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
18425 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
18426 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
18427 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
18428 checking for egrep... grep -E
18429 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
18430 checking for sys/types.h... yes
18431 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
18432 checking for stdlib.h... yes
18433 checking for string.h... yes
18434 checking for memory.h... yes
18435 checking for strings.h... yes
18436 checking for inttypes.h... yes
18437 checking for stdint.h... yes
18438 checking for unistd.h... yes
18439 checking pi.h usability... no
18440 checking pi.h presence... yes
18441 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
18442 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
18443 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
18444 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
18445 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result
18446 configure: WARNING: pi.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence
18447 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
18448 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
18449 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
18450 checking for pi.h... yes
18454 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
18455 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
18458 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18459 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18460 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
18461 [[#if HAVE_NUMBER_H
18462 # include <number.h>
18465 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
18466 $ @kbd{./configure}
18467 checking for gcc... gcc
18468 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
18469 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
18470 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
18471 checking for suffix of executables...
18472 checking for suffix of object files... o
18473 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
18474 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
18475 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
18476 checking for number.h... yes
18477 checking for pi.h... yes
18480 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
18483 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
18486 @chapter History of Autoconf
18487 @cindex History of autoconf
18489 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
18490 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
18491 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
18492 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
18493 then let there be light@enddots{}
18496 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
18497 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
18498 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
18499 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
18500 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
18506 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
18507 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
18508 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
18509 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
18510 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
18511 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
18512 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
18513 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
18514 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
18515 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
18516 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
18518 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
18519 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
18520 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
18521 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
18522 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
18523 @file{config.status} files.
18528 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
18529 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
18530 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
18531 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
18532 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
18533 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
18534 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
18535 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
18536 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
18537 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
18539 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
18540 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
18541 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
18542 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
18543 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
18544 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
18545 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
18546 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
18547 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
18548 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
18550 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
18551 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
18552 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
18553 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
18554 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
18555 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
18556 control and flexibility.
18558 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
18559 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
18560 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
18561 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
18562 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
18563 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
18564 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
18565 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
18566 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
18567 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
18568 eventually have to grow).
18570 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
18571 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
18572 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
18573 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
18574 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
18575 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
18576 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
18577 out a new language.
18582 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
18583 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
18584 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
18585 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
18586 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
18588 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
18589 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
18590 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
18591 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
18592 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
18593 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
18594 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
18595 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
18596 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
18597 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
18598 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
18599 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
18600 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
18601 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
18602 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
18603 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
18604 ideas, and bug fixes.
18609 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
18610 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
18611 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
18612 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
18613 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
18614 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
18615 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
18617 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
18618 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
18619 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
18620 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
18621 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
18622 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
18623 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
18625 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
18626 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
18627 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
18628 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
18629 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
18630 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
18631 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
18632 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
18633 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
18634 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
18635 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
18636 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
18637 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
18638 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
18641 @section Deuteronomy
18643 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
18644 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
18645 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
18646 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
18647 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
18648 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
18649 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
18650 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
18651 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
18652 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
18653 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
18656 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
18657 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
18658 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
18659 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
18660 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
18661 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
18662 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
18663 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
18664 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
18665 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
18666 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
18667 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
18668 @command{configure} script.
18670 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
18671 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
18672 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
18673 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
18674 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
18675 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
18676 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
18677 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
18678 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
18679 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
18680 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
18682 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
18683 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
18686 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
18687 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
18690 @c ========================================================== Appendices
18692 @node Copying This Manual
18693 @appendix Copying This Manual
18697 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
18706 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
18707 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
18708 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
18709 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
18710 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
18711 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
18712 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
18713 * Concept Index:: General index
18716 @node Environment Variable Index
18717 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
18719 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
18724 @node Output Variable Index
18725 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
18727 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
18728 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
18729 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
18730 on how this is done.
18734 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
18735 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
18737 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
18738 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
18739 use these names in @code{#if} directives.
18743 @node Autoconf Macro Index
18744 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
18746 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
18747 @ifset shortindexflag
18748 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
18749 preceding @samp{AC_}.
18754 @node M4 Macro Index
18755 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
18757 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
18758 @ifset shortindexflag
18759 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
18760 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
18765 @node Autotest Macro Index
18766 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
18768 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
18769 @ifset shortindexflag
18770 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
18771 preceding @samp{AT_}.
18776 @node Program & Function Index
18777 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
18779 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions which
18780 portability is discussed in this document.
18784 @node Concept Index
18785 @appendixsec Concept Index
18787 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
18788 introduced in this document.
18794 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
18795 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
18796 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
18797 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
18798 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
18799 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
18800 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
18801 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
18802 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
18803 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
18804 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
18805 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
18806 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
18807 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
18808 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
18809 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
18810 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
18811 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
18812 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
18813 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
18814 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
18815 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
18816 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
18817 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
18818 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
18819 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
18820 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
18821 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
18822 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
18823 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
18824 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
18825 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
18826 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
18827 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
18828 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
18829 @c LocalWords: GETLODAVG SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
18830 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
18831 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
18832 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
18833 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
18834 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
18835 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
18836 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
18837 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
18838 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS autom GCC's kB
18839 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
18840 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
18841 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
18842 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
18843 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
18844 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae Onolimit conftest AXP str
18845 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
18846 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
18847 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
18848 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
18849 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
18850 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
18851 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
18852 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
18853 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
18854 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
18855 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
18856 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
18857 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
18858 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
18859 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
18860 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
18861 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
18862 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
18863 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
18864 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx SysV nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
18865 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
18866 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos parenthesization utimes hpux hppa unescaped
18867 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
18868 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc behaviour readline
18869 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
18870 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
18871 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
18872 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
18873 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
18874 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
18875 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
18876 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
18877 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
18878 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
18879 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
18880 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
18881 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OBJCCPP OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
18882 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
18883 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
18884 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
18885 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
18887 @c Local Variables:
18889 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"